1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
84 enum exception_event_kind
91 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
107 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
115 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
116 enum bptype type_wanted
);
118 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
119 struct linespec_result
*,
120 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
121 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
123 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
124 int, int, int, unsigned);
126 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
127 const struct event_location
*location
,
128 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
130 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
136 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
140 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
143 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
144 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
146 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
149 struct symtab_and_line
,
151 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
153 static struct breakpoint
*
154 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
156 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
166 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
167 struct obj_section
*, int);
169 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
170 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
172 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
173 struct address_space
*aspace
,
176 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
177 struct address_space
*,
180 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
185 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
187 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193 static void condition_command (char *, int);
202 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
203 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
205 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
207 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
217 int *other_type_used
);
219 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
226 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
232 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
234 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
235 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
236 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
238 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
240 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
241 insert locations now. */
242 enum ugll_insert_mode
244 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
245 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
246 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
247 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
248 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
249 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
250 returns true on them.
252 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
253 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
254 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
255 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
256 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
257 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
261 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
262 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
265 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
266 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
267 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
268 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
269 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
270 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
271 as no thread is running yet. */
275 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
277 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
279 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
281 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
283 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
285 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
287 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
289 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
291 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
293 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
295 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
297 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
299 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
302 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
320 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
323 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
326 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
328 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
329 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
330 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
331 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
332 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
333 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
335 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
336 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
337 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
338 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
344 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
346 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
348 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
349 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
351 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
353 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
354 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
355 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
356 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
357 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
358 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
359 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
361 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
363 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
365 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
367 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
368 breakpoints share a single command list. */
369 struct counted_command_line
371 /* The reference count. */
374 /* The command list. */
375 struct command_line
*commands
;
378 struct command_line
*
379 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
381 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
384 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
385 current breakpoint. */
387 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
390 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
392 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
393 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
395 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
397 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
400 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
401 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
402 if such is available. */
403 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
406 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
407 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
410 fprintf_filtered (file
,
411 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
412 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
416 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
417 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
418 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
420 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
422 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
423 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
426 fprintf_filtered (file
,
427 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
428 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
432 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
433 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
434 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
435 use hardware breakpoints. */
436 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
438 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
439 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
442 fprintf_filtered (file
,
443 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
447 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
448 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
449 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
450 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
451 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
452 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
453 processing user input. */
454 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
457 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
458 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
460 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
464 /* See breakpoint.h. */
467 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
469 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
471 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
472 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
473 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
476 else if (target_has_execution
)
478 struct thread_info
*tp
;
480 if (always_inserted_mode
)
482 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
487 if (threads_are_executing ())
490 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
491 stopped, we still have events to process. */
492 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
494 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
500 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
502 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
503 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
504 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
505 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
506 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
507 condition_evaluation_auto
,
508 condition_evaluation_host
,
509 condition_evaluation_target
,
513 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
514 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
516 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
517 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
518 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
520 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
521 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
522 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
526 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
528 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
530 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
531 return condition_evaluation_target
;
533 return condition_evaluation_host
;
539 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
542 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
544 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
547 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
551 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
553 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
555 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
558 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
560 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
561 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
563 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
564 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
566 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
567 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
569 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
571 current breakpoint. */
573 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
575 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
576 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
577 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
580 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
581 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
582 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
584 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
585 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
586 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
589 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
590 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
591 to where the loop should start from.
592 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
593 appropriate location to start with. */
595 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
596 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
597 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
599 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
600 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
603 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
605 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
606 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
607 if (is_tracepoint (B))
609 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
611 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
613 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
615 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
617 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
619 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
621 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
622 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
623 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
624 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
625 an address you need to read. */
627 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
629 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
630 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
631 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
632 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
633 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
635 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
637 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
638 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
640 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
642 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
644 static int breakpoint_count
;
646 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
647 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
648 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
649 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
650 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
652 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
654 static int tracepoint_count
;
656 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
657 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
658 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
660 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
663 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
666 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
670 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
677 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
679 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
681 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
684 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
687 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
689 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
690 breakpoint_count
= num
;
691 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
694 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
695 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
696 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
698 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
702 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
704 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
707 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
711 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
713 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
716 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
719 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
721 struct breakpoint
*b
;
727 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
728 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
730 static struct counted_command_line
*
731 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
733 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
736 result
->commands
= commands
;
741 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
744 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
750 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
751 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
752 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
755 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
759 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
761 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
768 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
771 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
773 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
776 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
779 static struct cleanup
*
780 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
782 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
786 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
787 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
790 get_breakpoint (int num
)
792 struct breakpoint
*b
;
795 if (b
->number
== num
)
803 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
804 evaluating conditions on its side. */
807 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
809 struct bp_location
*loc
;
811 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
812 evaluating conditions and if the user has
813 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
815 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
816 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
819 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
822 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
823 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
826 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
827 evaluating conditions on its side. */
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
832 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
833 evaluating conditions and if the user has
834 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
836 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
837 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
841 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
844 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
847 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
848 condition_evaluation_mode. */
851 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
852 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
854 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
856 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
857 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
859 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
860 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
861 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
865 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
866 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
868 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
869 settings was "auto". */
870 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
872 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
873 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
875 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
876 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
877 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
879 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
880 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
883 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
885 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
887 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
888 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
892 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
893 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
894 target knows about. */
895 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
896 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
897 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
901 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
907 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
908 what "auto" is translating to. */
911 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
912 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
914 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
915 fprintf_filtered (file
,
916 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
917 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
919 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
921 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
925 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
926 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
927 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
930 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
932 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
933 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
935 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
938 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
941 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
942 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
943 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
946 static struct bp_location
**
947 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
949 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
950 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
951 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
953 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
954 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
955 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
957 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
958 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
959 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
960 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
961 bp_location_compare_addrs
));
963 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
964 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
967 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
968 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
969 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
970 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
977 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
980 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
981 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
983 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
985 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
992 struct bp_location
*loc
;
994 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
999 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
1000 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
1001 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1008 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1012 const char *arg
= exp
;
1014 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1015 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1016 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1017 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1019 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1021 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1023 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1025 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1027 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1028 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1032 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1034 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1038 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1039 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1041 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1045 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1047 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1050 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1052 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1053 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1054 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1058 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1059 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1063 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1064 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1068 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1069 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1071 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1074 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1075 len
= strlen (text
);
1081 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1083 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1084 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1090 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1091 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1092 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1095 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1098 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1100 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1105 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1108 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1110 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1113 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1115 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1116 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1117 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1118 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1119 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1121 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1123 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1124 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1125 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1127 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1129 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1130 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1135 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1138 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1139 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1140 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1143 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1145 struct command_line
*c
;
1147 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1151 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1152 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1153 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1155 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1156 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1158 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1159 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1160 command directly. */
1161 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1162 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1164 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1165 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1169 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1172 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1174 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1175 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1176 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1180 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1182 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1185 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1186 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1190 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1191 struct command_line
*commands
)
1193 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1195 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1196 struct command_line
*c
;
1197 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1199 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1200 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1204 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1205 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1206 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1207 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1208 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1209 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1210 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1211 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1212 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1213 tracepoint's context. */
1214 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1216 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1218 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1219 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1220 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1221 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1222 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1223 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1226 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1227 "can be used only once"));
1232 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1236 struct command_line
*c2
;
1238 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1239 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1240 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1242 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1243 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1249 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1253 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1254 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1257 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1259 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1260 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1261 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1264 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1266 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1267 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1268 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1274 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1275 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1278 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1279 struct command_line
*commands
)
1281 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1283 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1284 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1285 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1288 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1289 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1293 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1295 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1298 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1299 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1302 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1303 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1306 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1308 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1311 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1312 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1315 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1316 breakpoint work for any task. */
1319 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1321 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1324 if (old_task
!= task
)
1325 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1329 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1331 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1333 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1336 /* A structure used to pass information through
1337 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1339 struct commands_info
1341 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1344 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1347 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1348 already-parsed command. */
1349 struct command_line
*control
;
1351 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1353 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1356 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1357 commands_command. */
1360 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1362 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1364 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1366 struct command_line
*l
;
1368 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1369 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1372 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1375 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1376 "%s, one per line."),
1379 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1381 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1384 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1387 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1390 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1393 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1395 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1397 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1398 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1399 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1400 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1401 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1406 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1407 struct command_line
*control
)
1409 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1410 struct commands_info info
;
1412 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1413 info
.control
= control
;
1415 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1416 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1417 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1419 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1421 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1422 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1424 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1425 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1428 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1429 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1430 numbers will fail in this case. */
1435 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1437 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1440 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1444 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1446 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1447 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1449 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1453 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1455 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1458 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1459 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1461 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1462 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1463 enum command_control_type
1464 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1466 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1467 return simple_control
;
1470 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1473 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1475 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1479 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1480 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1485 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1486 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1489 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1490 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1491 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1494 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1495 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1496 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1497 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1498 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1500 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1501 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1505 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1506 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1508 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1512 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1514 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1515 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1517 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1519 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1524 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1531 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1532 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1534 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1535 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1536 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1540 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1542 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1543 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1546 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1548 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1549 shadow_contents buffer. */
1550 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1551 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1552 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1554 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1556 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1557 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1561 const unsigned char *bp
;
1562 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1565 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1566 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1567 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1569 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1571 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1573 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1574 breakpoint's INSN. */
1575 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1579 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1580 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1582 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1583 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1584 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1586 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1587 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1588 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1589 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1590 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1591 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1592 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1593 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1595 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1598 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1599 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1600 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1602 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1604 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1607 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1608 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1609 report higher one. */
1612 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1613 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1615 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1617 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1618 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1620 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1621 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1622 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1623 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1625 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1626 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1627 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1629 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1631 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1638 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1639 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1640 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1641 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1642 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1645 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1647 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1648 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1649 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1652 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1655 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1657 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1659 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1660 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1664 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1665 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1666 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1669 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1672 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1673 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1674 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1677 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1680 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1681 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1687 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1691 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1693 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1694 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1695 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1698 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1701 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1703 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1704 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1705 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1708 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1712 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1714 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1715 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1718 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1719 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1720 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1721 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1722 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1723 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1724 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1725 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1728 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1730 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1731 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1732 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1733 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1736 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1737 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1740 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1742 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1744 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1746 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1747 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1748 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1749 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1750 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1752 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1755 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1758 static struct value
*
1759 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1761 struct value
*bit_val
;
1766 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1768 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1771 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1778 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1779 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1780 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1781 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1783 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1785 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1786 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1789 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1790 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1791 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1792 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1793 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1794 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1795 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1796 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1798 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1799 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1800 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1801 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1802 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1803 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1804 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1805 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1808 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1809 hardware watchpoints:
1811 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1812 called several times when GDB stops.
1815 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1816 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1817 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1818 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1819 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1820 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1821 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1822 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1823 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1824 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1825 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1827 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1828 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1831 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1833 int within_current_scope
;
1834 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1837 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1838 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1839 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1840 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1843 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1848 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1849 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1850 within_current_scope
= 1;
1853 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1854 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1855 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1857 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1858 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1859 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1860 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1861 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1864 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1865 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1866 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1867 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1870 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1872 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1873 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1874 if (within_current_scope
)
1878 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1879 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1880 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1883 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1892 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1893 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1894 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1895 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1896 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1897 be completely different objects. */
1898 value_free (b
->val
);
1902 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1903 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1904 locations (re)created below. */
1905 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1907 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1909 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1913 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1914 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1918 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1919 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1920 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1921 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1922 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1923 if (!target_has_execution
)
1925 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1926 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1927 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1928 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1930 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1931 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1933 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1934 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1937 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1940 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1941 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1943 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1945 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1946 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1947 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1948 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1949 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1951 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1953 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1955 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1963 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1965 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1966 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1968 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1969 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1970 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1971 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1972 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1973 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1974 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1976 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1978 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1979 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1980 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1982 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1983 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1986 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1987 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1988 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1990 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1992 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1994 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1995 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1997 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1999 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2000 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2001 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2002 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2003 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2006 addr
= value_address (v
);
2009 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2014 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2016 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2019 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2020 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2023 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2025 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2026 loc
->address
= addr
;
2030 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2031 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2034 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2036 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2041 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2042 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2043 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2048 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2049 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2051 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2055 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2058 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2059 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2060 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2062 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2063 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2064 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2065 this watchpoint in as well. */
2067 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2068 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2069 hardware watchpoint type. */
2070 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2071 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2072 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2074 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2075 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2076 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2077 through watch_command), so always account for it
2080 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2081 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2083 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2084 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2087 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2088 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2090 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2092 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2093 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2094 "hardware watchpoint."));
2095 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2096 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2097 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2099 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2100 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2104 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2105 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2106 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2108 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2111 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2113 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2114 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2115 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2117 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2118 "read/access watchpoint."));
2121 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2123 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2124 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2125 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2126 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2129 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2131 next
= value_next (v
);
2136 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2137 above left it without any location set up. But,
2138 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2139 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2140 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2142 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2143 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2144 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2145 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2146 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2147 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2150 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2152 printf_filtered (_("\
2153 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2154 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2156 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2159 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2161 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2165 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2166 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2167 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2168 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2169 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2171 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2173 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2176 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2179 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2182 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2185 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2186 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2187 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2188 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2189 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2190 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2191 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2192 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2193 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2196 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2198 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2199 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2200 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2205 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2206 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2207 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2208 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2213 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2214 instruction that triggered one. */
2215 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2216 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2220 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2221 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2222 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2223 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2232 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2233 that the location is not duplicated. */
2236 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2239 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2242 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2243 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2247 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2248 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2249 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2250 any error during parsing. */
2252 static struct agent_expr
*
2253 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2255 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2260 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2261 that may show up. */
2264 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2267 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2269 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2270 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2271 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2276 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2280 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2281 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2282 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2283 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2284 one of them is true. */
2287 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2289 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2290 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2291 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2292 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2294 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2295 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2297 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2298 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2299 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2301 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2302 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2305 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2306 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2307 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2308 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2309 response back to GDB. */
2310 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2313 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2317 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2319 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2320 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2321 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2322 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2323 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2324 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2326 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2327 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2333 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2334 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2335 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2337 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2343 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2344 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2345 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2347 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2348 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2349 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2351 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2354 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2356 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2358 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2361 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2362 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2367 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2368 for this location's address. */
2369 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2373 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2374 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2375 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2377 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2378 conditions to the target. */
2379 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2380 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2386 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2387 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2388 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2390 static struct agent_expr
*
2391 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2393 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2394 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2395 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2396 const char *cmdrest
;
2397 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2398 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2400 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2407 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2409 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2411 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2412 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2414 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2416 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2418 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2420 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2422 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2423 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2425 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2427 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2428 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2430 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2432 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2434 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2436 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2437 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2440 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2445 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2446 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2448 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2452 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2453 that may show up. */
2456 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2457 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2458 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2460 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2462 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2463 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2464 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2469 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2471 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2475 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2476 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2477 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2480 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2482 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2483 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2484 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2485 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2487 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2488 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2490 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2493 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2494 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2497 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2498 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2499 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2501 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2504 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2505 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2506 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2510 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2511 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2512 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2513 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2514 response back to GDB. */
2515 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2518 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2522 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2524 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2525 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2526 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2527 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2528 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2529 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2530 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2536 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2537 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2538 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2540 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2546 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2548 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2550 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2553 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2554 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2556 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2558 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2561 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2562 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2567 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2568 for this location's address. */
2569 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2572 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2573 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2574 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2575 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2577 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2578 to send the commands to the target. */
2579 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2583 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2584 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2585 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2586 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2589 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2590 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2591 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2592 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2595 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2596 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2598 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2599 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2600 int *disabled_breaks
,
2601 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2602 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2604 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2605 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2607 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2610 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2611 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2612 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2613 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2614 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2615 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2616 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2617 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2618 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2619 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2620 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2621 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2623 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2624 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2625 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2626 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2628 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2630 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2631 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2632 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2633 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2636 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2637 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2639 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2641 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2642 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2643 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2645 Two important cases are:
2646 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2647 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2648 hardware breakpoint.
2649 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2650 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2651 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2654 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2655 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2656 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2657 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2659 struct mem_region
*mr
2660 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2664 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2666 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2668 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2669 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2671 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2673 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2675 static int said
= 0;
2677 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2680 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2681 _("Note: automatically using "
2682 "hardware breakpoints for "
2683 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2688 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2689 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2691 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2692 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2693 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2694 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2696 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2702 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2703 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2704 || bl
->section
== NULL
2705 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2707 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2712 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2714 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2716 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2719 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2725 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2726 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2727 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2729 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2730 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2731 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2732 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2733 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2737 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2739 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2740 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2741 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2743 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2748 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2749 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2751 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2753 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2756 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2760 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2761 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2762 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2763 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2767 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2768 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2770 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2775 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2777 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2779 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2782 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2788 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2789 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2794 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2796 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2798 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2799 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2800 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2801 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2802 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2803 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2804 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2805 errors as memory errors. */
2806 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2807 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2808 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2809 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2812 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2813 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2814 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2815 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2817 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2818 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2820 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2821 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2822 "library breakpoints:\n");
2824 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2825 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2826 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2831 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2833 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2834 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2835 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2836 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2837 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2838 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2839 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2843 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2846 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2847 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2848 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2850 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2851 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2853 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2854 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2858 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2859 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2874 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2875 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2876 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2877 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2881 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2882 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2884 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2886 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2887 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2888 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2890 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2892 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2893 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2895 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2897 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2898 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2902 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2903 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2910 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2911 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2914 /* Back to the original value. */
2915 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2919 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2922 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2926 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2927 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2929 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2932 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2936 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2937 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2939 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2942 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2944 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2945 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2946 so just return success. */
2953 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2954 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2958 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2960 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2961 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2963 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2964 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2966 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2967 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2970 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2971 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2972 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2974 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2976 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2978 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2979 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2980 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2982 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2983 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2985 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2991 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2992 removed locations above. */
2993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2996 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2997 Throws exception on any error.
2998 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2999 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3001 insert_breakpoints (void)
3003 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3005 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3006 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3008 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3010 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3013 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3014 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3015 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3016 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3019 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3022 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3024 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3026 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3028 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3032 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3033 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3034 always-inserted mode. */
3037 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3039 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3042 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3043 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3044 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3046 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3047 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3049 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3050 there was an error. */
3051 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3053 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3055 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3057 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3059 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3062 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3063 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3064 deletion of breakpoints. */
3065 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3068 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3070 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3071 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3072 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3073 insert breakpoints. */
3074 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3075 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3078 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3079 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3086 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3087 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3090 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3093 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3096 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3098 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3099 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3102 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3103 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3104 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3106 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3107 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3109 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3110 there was an error. */
3111 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3113 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3115 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3117 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3120 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3121 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3122 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3123 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3124 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3127 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3129 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3130 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3131 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3132 insert breakpoints. */
3133 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3134 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3137 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3138 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3143 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3144 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3145 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3147 int some_failed
= 0;
3148 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3150 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3153 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3156 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3159 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3160 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3167 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3169 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3171 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3172 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3173 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3181 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3182 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3183 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3185 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3186 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3187 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3189 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3190 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3193 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3196 /* Used when the program stops.
3197 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3198 removing a breakpoint location. */
3201 remove_breakpoints (void)
3203 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3206 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3208 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3209 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3214 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3218 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3220 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3222 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3224 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3226 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3228 printf_filtered (_("\
3229 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3230 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3232 /* Hide it from the user. */
3238 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3241 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3243 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3245 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3247 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3249 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3252 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3254 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3263 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3265 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3266 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3268 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3269 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3270 struct inferior
*inf
;
3271 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3273 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3277 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3278 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3280 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3282 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3283 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3285 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3287 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3293 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3296 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3301 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3305 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3307 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3308 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3309 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3310 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3311 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3312 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3314 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3317 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3320 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3321 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3325 static struct breakpoint
*
3326 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3327 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3328 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3330 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3331 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3333 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3336 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3337 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3339 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3340 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3341 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3346 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3348 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3350 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3352 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3353 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3355 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3356 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3358 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3359 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3361 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3362 int longjmp_searched
;
3364 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3365 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3367 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3368 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3370 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3371 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3373 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3374 int exception_searched
;
3376 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3377 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3380 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3382 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3383 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3385 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3388 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3390 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3393 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3394 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3396 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3397 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3399 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3401 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3402 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3403 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3406 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3408 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3409 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3411 return bp_objfile_data
;
3415 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3417 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3418 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3420 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3421 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3425 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3427 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3428 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3430 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3432 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3433 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3435 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3437 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3439 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3442 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3444 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3446 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3447 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3449 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3450 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3453 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3456 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3457 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3459 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3460 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3461 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3462 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3464 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3466 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3467 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3471 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3472 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3475 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3479 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3481 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3482 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3484 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3486 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3488 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3490 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3492 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3495 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3496 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3498 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3500 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3502 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3506 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3509 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3510 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3512 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3514 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3515 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3516 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3520 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3521 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3524 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3527 struct probe
*probe
;
3528 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3531 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3532 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3536 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3538 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3539 get_probe_address (probe
,
3542 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3544 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3545 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3551 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3554 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3556 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3557 const char *func_name
;
3559 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3561 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3564 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3565 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3567 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3569 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3570 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3572 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3573 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3576 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3579 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3580 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3581 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3582 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3583 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3584 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3585 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3589 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3591 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3594 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3596 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3598 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3599 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3600 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3602 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3604 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3606 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3609 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3611 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3613 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3614 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3615 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3617 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3619 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3622 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3624 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3626 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3627 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3628 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3630 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3631 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3634 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3637 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3638 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3639 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3640 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3641 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3642 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3643 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3644 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3648 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3650 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3653 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3656 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3658 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3659 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3661 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3663 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3664 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3665 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3667 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3669 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3671 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3672 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3676 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3680 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3681 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3683 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3685 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3686 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3687 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3691 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3692 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3695 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3697 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3699 struct probe
*probe
;
3702 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3703 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3707 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3709 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3710 get_probe_address (probe
,
3712 bp_exception_master
,
3713 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3715 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3716 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3722 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3724 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3727 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3729 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3731 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3733 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3734 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3736 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3740 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3743 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3744 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3746 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3747 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3748 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3749 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3750 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3751 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3754 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3758 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3760 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3761 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3763 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3764 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3765 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3766 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3767 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3768 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3769 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3770 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3771 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3772 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3773 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3777 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3780 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3781 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3783 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3787 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3788 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3790 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3794 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3795 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3796 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3797 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3798 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3800 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3804 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3805 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3807 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3811 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3812 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3814 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3818 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3820 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3821 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3822 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3824 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3828 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3830 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3831 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3832 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3833 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3837 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3838 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3839 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3840 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3841 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3842 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3844 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3845 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3846 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3847 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3848 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3849 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3850 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3852 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3853 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3854 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3855 let finish_command delete it.
3857 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3858 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3859 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3860 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3861 solib breakpoints.) */
3863 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3868 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3869 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3871 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
3873 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3880 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3882 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3884 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3885 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3887 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3888 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3890 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3891 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3894 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3897 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3898 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3899 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3900 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3901 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3902 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3903 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3907 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3910 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3914 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3915 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3916 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3917 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3918 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3921 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3925 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3926 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3928 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3929 This should not ever happen. */
3930 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3932 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3933 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3935 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3936 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3937 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3939 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3940 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3941 || bl
->section
== NULL
3942 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3944 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3946 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3947 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3948 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3949 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3950 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3951 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3952 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3953 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3954 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3955 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3956 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3957 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3958 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3959 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3960 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3961 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3962 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3963 they should always be removed. */
3964 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3965 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3966 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3969 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3973 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3974 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3975 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3977 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3978 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3980 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3981 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3982 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3983 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3984 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3986 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3987 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3989 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3990 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3993 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3994 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3995 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3996 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3998 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3999 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4000 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4001 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4002 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4003 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4009 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4014 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4015 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4016 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4017 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4018 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4019 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4020 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4021 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4022 always-inserted mode. */
4024 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4025 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4026 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4027 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4033 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4035 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4037 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4038 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4040 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4041 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4043 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4044 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4045 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4048 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4049 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4052 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4053 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4055 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4059 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4066 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4069 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4071 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4072 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4074 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4075 This should not ever happen. */
4076 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4078 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4080 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4082 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4084 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4088 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4091 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4093 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4095 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4096 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4100 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4101 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4103 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4106 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4107 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4108 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4113 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4115 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4116 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4118 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4120 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4122 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4125 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4127 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4129 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4135 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4137 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4138 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4141 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4143 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4145 case bp_shlib_event
:
4147 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4148 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4149 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4150 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4151 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4153 (gdb) file prog-linux
4154 (gdb) run # native linux target
4157 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4158 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4161 case bp_step_resume
:
4163 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4165 case bp_single_step
:
4167 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4169 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4173 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4174 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4175 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4177 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4179 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4180 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4181 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4182 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4184 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4185 insert_breakpoints. */
4187 value_free (w
->val
);
4198 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4199 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4200 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4201 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4204 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4205 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4206 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4207 match, not program space. */
4209 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4210 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4211 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4212 permanent breakpoint.
4213 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4214 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4215 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4216 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4217 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4219 enum breakpoint_here
4220 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4222 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4223 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4225 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4227 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4228 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4231 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4232 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4234 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4236 if (overlay_debugging
4237 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4238 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4239 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4240 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4241 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4243 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4247 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4250 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4253 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4254 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4256 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4258 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4260 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4261 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4264 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4266 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4269 if (overlay_debugging
4270 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4271 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4273 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4284 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4287 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4289 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4292 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4293 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4299 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4303 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4304 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4307 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4310 if (overlay_debugging
4311 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4312 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4313 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4320 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4323 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4325 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4326 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4330 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4332 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4333 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4336 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4342 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4346 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4349 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4350 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4352 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4354 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4356 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4359 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4366 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4369 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4372 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4373 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4375 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4377 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4379 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4382 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4390 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4391 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4393 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4395 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4397 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4399 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4400 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4403 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4406 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4407 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4411 /* Check for intersection. */
4412 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4413 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4422 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4426 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4428 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4431 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4435 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4437 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4438 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4439 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4440 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4444 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4445 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4448 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4465 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4466 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4469 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4473 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4478 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4480 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4481 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4482 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4483 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4484 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4486 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4487 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4491 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4501 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4504 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4509 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4511 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4517 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4520 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4522 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4524 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4526 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4528 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4533 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4542 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4543 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4544 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4545 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4547 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4548 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4550 Return 1 otherwise. */
4553 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4555 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4558 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4560 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4561 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4562 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4563 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4564 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4566 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4568 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4572 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4575 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4577 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4580 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4583 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4587 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4589 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4591 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4593 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4599 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4602 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4604 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4606 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4608 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4609 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4610 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4611 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4612 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4616 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4619 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4622 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4624 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4627 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4628 or its equivalent. */
4631 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4633 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4636 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4637 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4638 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4639 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4641 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4642 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4643 bpstat of the current thread. */
4646 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4649 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4652 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4654 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4657 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4658 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4660 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4662 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4665 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4666 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4668 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4669 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4670 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4672 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4674 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4675 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4676 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4677 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4678 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4679 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4680 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4681 the tree when we're done. */
4682 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4683 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4684 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4685 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4686 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4688 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4694 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4696 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4702 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4703 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4705 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4707 if (interpreter_async
)
4708 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4709 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4710 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4713 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4714 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4715 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4716 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4717 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4718 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4719 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4720 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4721 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4722 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4723 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4724 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4725 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4730 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4735 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4737 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4739 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4740 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4741 && target_has_execution
4742 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4743 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4744 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4745 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4746 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4747 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4748 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4751 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4754 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4757 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4760 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4763 struct value_print_options opts
;
4764 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4765 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4769 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4770 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4771 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4772 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4775 static enum print_stop_action
4776 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4778 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4781 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4782 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4786 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4787 relevant messages. */
4788 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4791 case print_it_normal
:
4793 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4795 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4796 which has since been deleted. */
4798 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4800 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4801 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4806 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4807 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4812 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4815 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4818 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4820 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4824 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4825 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4826 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4828 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4829 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4830 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4833 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4834 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4835 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4839 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4843 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4844 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4847 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4852 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4853 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4854 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4857 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4862 struct so_list
*iter
;
4864 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4866 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4867 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4870 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4875 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4876 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4877 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4880 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4884 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4885 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4886 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4887 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4888 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4889 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4890 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4893 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4894 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4895 code to print the location. An example is
4896 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4898 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4899 to also print the location part of the message.
4900 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4901 don't require a location appended to the end.
4902 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4903 further info to be printed. */
4905 enum print_stop_action
4906 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4908 enum print_stop_action val
;
4910 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4911 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4912 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4913 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4914 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4916 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4917 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4918 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4919 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4923 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4924 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4925 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4926 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4928 print_solib_event (0);
4929 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4932 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4933 with and nothing was printed. */
4934 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4937 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4938 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4939 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4940 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4941 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4942 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4945 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4947 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4948 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4950 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4954 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4957 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4961 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4963 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4964 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4965 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4966 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4967 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4968 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4969 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4971 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4975 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4976 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4979 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4981 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4983 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4985 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4987 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4988 as not triggered. */
4990 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4992 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4994 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5000 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5002 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5003 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5005 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5007 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5009 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5015 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5016 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5020 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5022 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5023 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5025 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5026 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5028 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5030 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5031 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5033 if (newaddr
== start
)
5035 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5039 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5040 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5044 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5053 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5054 because of check_errors). */
5055 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5056 #define WP_DELETED 1
5057 /* The value has changed. */
5058 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5059 /* The value has not changed. */
5060 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5061 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5064 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5065 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5067 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5070 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5071 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5074 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5076 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5077 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5078 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5079 int within_current_scope
;
5081 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5082 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5083 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5085 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5086 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5087 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5088 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5091 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5092 within_current_scope
= 1;
5095 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5096 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5097 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5099 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5100 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5101 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5102 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5103 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5104 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5105 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5106 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5107 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5108 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5111 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5112 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5114 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5115 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5116 if (within_current_scope
)
5118 struct symbol
*function
;
5120 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5121 if (function
== NULL
5122 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5123 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5124 within_current_scope
= 0;
5127 if (within_current_scope
)
5128 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5129 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5134 if (within_current_scope
)
5136 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5137 time before we return to the command level and call
5138 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5139 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5143 struct value
*new_val
;
5145 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5146 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5147 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5148 a mask watchpoint. */
5149 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5151 mark
= value_mark ();
5152 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5154 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5155 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5157 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5158 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5159 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5160 not what we want. */
5161 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5162 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5164 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5166 release_value (new_val
);
5167 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5169 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5172 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5176 /* Nothing changed. */
5177 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5178 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5183 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5185 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5186 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5187 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5188 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5189 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5190 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5191 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5192 the first value assigned). */
5193 /* We print all the stop information in
5194 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5195 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5196 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5198 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5200 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5201 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5202 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5204 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5205 which its expression is valid.\n");
5207 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5208 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5209 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5215 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5216 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5217 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5220 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5221 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5222 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5224 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5226 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5227 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5229 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5232 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5233 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5236 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5238 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5239 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5241 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5242 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5243 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5244 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5245 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5248 int must_check_value
= 0;
5250 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5251 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5253 must_check_value
= 1;
5254 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5255 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5256 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5258 must_check_value
= 1;
5259 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5260 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5261 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5262 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5263 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5264 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5265 must_check_value
= 1;
5267 if (must_check_value
)
5270 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5272 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5273 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5275 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5279 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5280 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5284 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5287 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5288 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5290 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5292 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5293 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5294 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5295 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5296 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5297 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5298 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5301 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5302 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5305 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5306 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5307 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5308 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5310 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5311 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5312 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5315 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5316 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5317 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5318 changes. This still gives false positives when
5319 the program writes the same value to memory as
5320 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5321 it for a read), but it's much better than
5324 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5326 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5328 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5330 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5331 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5332 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5334 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5335 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5337 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5338 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5340 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5346 if (other_write_watchpoint
5347 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5349 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5350 and the value changed since the last time we
5351 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5353 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5358 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5359 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5360 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5362 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5363 the value hasn't changed. */
5364 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5372 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5373 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5374 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5375 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5376 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5380 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5382 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5383 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5384 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5385 anything for this watchpoint. */
5386 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5392 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5393 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5394 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5395 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5398 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5400 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5401 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5402 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5403 struct expression
*cond
;
5405 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5407 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5408 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5409 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5410 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5411 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5413 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5414 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5415 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5417 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5418 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5424 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5425 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5427 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5428 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5435 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5437 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5439 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5441 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5448 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5450 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5451 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5453 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5454 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5455 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5456 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5458 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5460 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5461 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5465 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5466 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5467 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5468 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5469 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5471 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5472 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5475 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5477 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5478 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5479 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5480 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5481 really matter which instantiation of the function
5482 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5483 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5484 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5485 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5486 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5487 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5488 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5489 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5491 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5493 select_frame (frame
);
5495 within_current_scope
= 0;
5497 if (within_current_scope
)
5499 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5500 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5504 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5505 "in the current scope"));
5506 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5507 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5510 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5511 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5514 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5518 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5522 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5524 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5528 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5529 on the current target. */
5532 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5534 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5535 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5536 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5537 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5541 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5542 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5544 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5545 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5548 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5550 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5552 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5553 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5554 several reasons concurrently.)
5556 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5557 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5560 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5561 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5562 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5564 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5565 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5566 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5567 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5568 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5569 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5572 int need_remove_insert
;
5575 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5576 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5577 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5578 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5579 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5580 inferior function calls. */
5584 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5587 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5589 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5590 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5591 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5592 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5593 checked all locations already. */
5594 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5597 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5600 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5603 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5606 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5609 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5610 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5611 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5615 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5616 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5617 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5619 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5621 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5623 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5628 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5629 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5630 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5632 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5634 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5635 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5637 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5638 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5641 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5646 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5647 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5648 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5650 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5652 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5654 handle_solib_event ();
5659 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5660 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5661 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5665 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5670 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5671 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5674 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5679 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5681 /* We will stop here. */
5682 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5684 --(b
->enable_count
);
5685 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5686 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5691 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5692 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5693 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5694 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5697 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5702 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5704 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5705 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5708 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5709 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5710 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5712 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5713 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5714 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5716 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5717 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5719 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5721 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5722 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5725 if (need_remove_insert
)
5726 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5727 else if (removed_any
)
5728 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5734 handle_jit_event (void)
5736 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5737 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5740 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5742 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5743 breakpoint_re_set. */
5744 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5746 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5747 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5749 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5751 target_terminal_inferior ();
5754 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5756 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5759 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5761 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5765 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5766 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5767 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5769 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5771 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5772 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5773 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5776 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5778 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5779 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5783 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5790 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5791 case bp_single_step
:
5794 case bp_shlib_event
:
5798 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5800 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5803 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5806 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5807 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5808 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5812 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5814 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5818 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5819 This requires no further action. */
5823 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5827 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5828 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5831 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5833 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5834 case bp_exception_resume
:
5837 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5838 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5841 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5843 case bp_step_resume
:
5845 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5848 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5849 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5852 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5854 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5857 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5858 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5861 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5862 case bp_thread_event
:
5863 case bp_overlay_event
:
5864 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5865 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5866 case bp_exception_master
:
5867 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5873 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5875 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5879 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5880 This requires no further action. */
5885 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5888 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5889 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5890 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5891 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5893 case bp_std_terminate
:
5894 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5895 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5896 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5897 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5900 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5901 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5902 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5903 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5905 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5906 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5908 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5909 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5910 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5912 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5913 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5914 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5915 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5920 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5922 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5926 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5927 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5930 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5937 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5941 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5943 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5950 handle_jit_event ();
5952 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5953 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5955 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5956 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5962 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5963 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5964 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5967 bpstat_should_step (void)
5969 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5972 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5978 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5980 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5989 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5990 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5991 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5994 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5996 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5997 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6001 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6003 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6005 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6006 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6007 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6012 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6018 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6019 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6021 "host": Host evals condition.
6022 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6023 "target": Target evals condition.
6027 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6029 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6030 char host_evals
= 0;
6031 char target_evals
= 0;
6036 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6039 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6040 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6041 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6043 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6045 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6051 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6052 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6053 else if (target_evals
)
6054 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6056 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6059 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6060 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6063 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6065 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6068 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6069 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6070 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6072 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6073 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6075 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6078 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6081 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6082 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6084 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6085 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6087 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6091 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6093 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6094 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what",
6095 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6096 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6099 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6102 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6103 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6104 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6105 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6106 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6107 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6109 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6110 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6111 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6113 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6114 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6115 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6117 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6121 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6122 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6124 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6126 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6128 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6132 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending",
6133 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6134 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6135 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6136 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6137 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6139 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6140 ui_out_text (uiout
, ",");
6142 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6143 ui_out_text (uiout
, b
->extra_string
);
6147 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6148 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6149 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6151 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6152 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6153 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6154 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6157 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6161 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6163 struct ep_type_description
6168 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6170 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6171 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6172 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6173 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6174 {bp_until
, "until"},
6175 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6176 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6177 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6178 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6179 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6180 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6181 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6182 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6183 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6184 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6185 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6186 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6187 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6188 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6189 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6190 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6191 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6192 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6193 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6194 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6195 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6196 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6197 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6198 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6199 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6200 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6201 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6202 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6203 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6206 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6207 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6208 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6209 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6212 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6215 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6216 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6219 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6220 const char *field_name
,
6224 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6225 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6229 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6230 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6231 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6234 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6236 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6242 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6243 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6248 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6250 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6252 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6256 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6259 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6262 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6263 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6265 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6268 struct command_line
*l
;
6269 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6271 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6272 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6273 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6274 struct value_print_options opts
;
6276 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6278 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6279 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6280 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6283 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6284 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6292 if (part_of_multiple
)
6295 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6296 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6301 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6306 if (part_of_multiple
)
6307 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6309 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6313 if (part_of_multiple
)
6314 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6316 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6321 if (part_of_multiple
)
6322 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6324 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6325 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6326 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6330 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6332 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6333 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6334 make sure there's just one location. */
6335 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6336 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6342 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6343 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6347 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6348 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6349 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6351 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6353 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6354 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6355 is relatively readable). */
6356 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6357 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6359 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6364 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6365 case bp_single_step
:
6369 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6370 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6372 case bp_exception_resume
:
6373 case bp_step_resume
:
6374 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6375 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6377 case bp_std_terminate
:
6378 case bp_shlib_event
:
6379 case bp_thread_event
:
6380 case bp_overlay_event
:
6381 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6382 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6383 case bp_exception_master
:
6385 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6386 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6389 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6390 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6391 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6394 if (header_of_multiple
)
6395 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6396 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6397 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6399 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6400 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6403 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6404 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6411 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6413 struct inferior
*inf
;
6414 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6419 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6420 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6423 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6424 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6426 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6427 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6428 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6429 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6430 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6431 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6433 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6434 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6437 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6439 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6441 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6442 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6443 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6444 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6446 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6448 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6449 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6453 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6455 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6456 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6458 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6461 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6462 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6464 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6465 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6466 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6469 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6472 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6473 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6475 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6476 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6478 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6479 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6480 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6481 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6482 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6484 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6485 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6486 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6487 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6489 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6492 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6494 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6495 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6496 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6497 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6500 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6504 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6505 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6506 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6507 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6508 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6510 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6511 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6512 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6513 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6514 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6516 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6520 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6521 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6522 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6526 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6529 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6530 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6531 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6534 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6535 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6536 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6537 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6540 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6541 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6542 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6543 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6544 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6546 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6547 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6548 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6551 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6553 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6555 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6557 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6558 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6559 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6563 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6564 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6566 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6569 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6570 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6571 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6574 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6576 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6578 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6580 annotate_field (10);
6581 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6582 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6583 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6586 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6588 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6590 annotate_field (11);
6592 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6593 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6594 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6598 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6600 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6601 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6606 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6608 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6610 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6612 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6614 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6615 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
) != NULL
)
6616 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location",
6617 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6622 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6623 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6626 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6627 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6629 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6631 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6632 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6634 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6635 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6636 locations, if any. */
6637 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6639 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6640 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6641 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6644 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6645 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6647 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6648 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6650 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6653 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6655 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6656 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6657 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6658 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6665 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6667 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6668 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6670 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6674 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6675 an address to print. */
6676 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6679 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6680 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6681 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6684 return print_address_bits
;
6687 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6693 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6695 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6696 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6697 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6698 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6702 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6704 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6712 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6713 char **error_message
)
6715 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6718 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6720 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6721 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6727 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6728 internal or momentary. */
6731 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6733 return b
->number
> 0;
6736 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6737 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6738 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6739 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6740 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6741 breakpoints listed. */
6744 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6745 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6747 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6748 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6749 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6750 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6751 struct value_print_options opts
;
6752 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6753 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6754 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6756 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6758 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6759 required for address fields. */
6760 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6763 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6764 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6767 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6768 accept. Skip the others. */
6769 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6771 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6773 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6777 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6779 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6781 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6782 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6783 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6785 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6786 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6787 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6789 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6793 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6795 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6796 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6800 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6801 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6804 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6805 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6806 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6808 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6809 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6811 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6812 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6813 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6815 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6816 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6818 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6819 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6821 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6823 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6824 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6825 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6827 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6828 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6830 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6832 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6833 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6834 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6835 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6840 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6841 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6844 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6845 accept. Skip the others. */
6847 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6849 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6851 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6854 else /* all others */
6856 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6860 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6862 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6863 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6866 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6868 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6870 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6874 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6875 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6877 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6878 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6884 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6885 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6888 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6889 there have been breakpoints? */
6890 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6892 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6895 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6896 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6899 default_collect_info (void)
6901 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6903 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6904 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6906 if (!*default_collect
)
6909 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6911 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6912 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6913 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6917 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6919 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6921 default_collect_info ();
6925 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6927 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6928 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6930 if (num_printed
== 0)
6932 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6933 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6935 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6940 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6942 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6944 default_collect_info ();
6948 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6949 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6950 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6952 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6954 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6956 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6957 && bl
->address
== pc
6958 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6964 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6965 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6969 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6970 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6971 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6974 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6977 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6978 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6982 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6983 else /* if (others == ???) */
6984 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6986 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6989 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6990 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6991 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6992 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6993 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6994 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6995 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6996 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7000 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7002 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7003 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7004 printf_filtered (".\n");
7009 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7010 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7011 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7012 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7014 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7015 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7016 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7017 breakpoint location at address zero:
7025 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7027 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7029 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7032 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7033 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7036 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7037 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7039 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7040 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7042 /* Both of them must exist. */
7043 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7044 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7046 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7047 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7048 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7049 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7050 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7051 other watchpoint. */
7053 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7055 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7058 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7060 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7064 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7065 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7066 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7067 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7068 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7069 become hw_access locations later. */
7070 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7071 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7072 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7073 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7076 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7079 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7080 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7082 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7083 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7087 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7088 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7089 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7090 space doesn't really matter. */
7093 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7094 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7097 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7098 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7099 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7102 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7103 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7104 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7105 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7108 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7109 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7112 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7115 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7116 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7120 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7121 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7122 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7123 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7124 doesn't really matter. */
7127 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7128 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7129 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7131 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7132 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7134 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7136 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7142 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7143 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7144 true, otherwise returns false. */
7147 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7148 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7150 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7151 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7152 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7153 different locations. */
7154 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7159 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7160 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7161 represent the same location. */
7164 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7165 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7167 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7169 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7170 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7171 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7173 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7174 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7176 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7179 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7180 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7181 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7183 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7184 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7185 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7186 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7190 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7191 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7193 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7194 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7198 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7199 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7201 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7202 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7204 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7207 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7208 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7209 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7210 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7213 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7214 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7216 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7218 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7221 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7222 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7223 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7224 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7225 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7227 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7228 have their addresses modified. */
7231 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7233 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7234 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7235 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7236 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7237 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7238 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7243 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7245 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7246 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7247 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7249 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7250 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7252 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7253 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7255 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7260 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7261 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7263 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7265 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7270 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7271 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7274 switch (owner
->type
)
7277 case bp_single_step
:
7281 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7282 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7284 case bp_exception_resume
:
7285 case bp_step_resume
:
7286 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7287 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7289 case bp_std_terminate
:
7290 case bp_shlib_event
:
7291 case bp_thread_event
:
7292 case bp_overlay_event
:
7294 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7295 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7296 case bp_exception_master
:
7297 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7298 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7300 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7301 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7303 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7304 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7305 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7307 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7308 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7309 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7310 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7315 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7316 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7317 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7320 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7326 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7328 static struct bp_location
*
7329 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7331 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7335 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7337 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7341 /* Increment reference count. */
7344 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7349 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7350 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7353 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7355 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7357 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7358 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7362 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7365 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7367 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7369 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7370 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7372 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7374 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7383 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7386 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7387 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7389 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7391 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7393 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7397 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7398 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7399 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7401 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7404 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7406 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7407 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7408 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7409 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7413 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7414 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7416 static struct breakpoint
*
7417 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7419 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7421 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7423 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7424 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7428 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7429 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7433 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7435 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7437 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7438 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7439 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7442 const char *function_name
;
7443 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7445 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7446 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7448 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7450 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7452 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7453 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7454 &loc
->requested_address
))
7456 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7457 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7458 loc
->requested_address
,
7461 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7462 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7464 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7465 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7466 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7467 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7469 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7474 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7478 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7480 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7483 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7485 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7490 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7491 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7492 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7494 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7495 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7496 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7499 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7500 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7501 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7503 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7505 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7507 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7508 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7510 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7511 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7513 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7514 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7517 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7518 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7519 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7520 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7521 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7522 is also returned as the value of this function.
7524 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7525 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7526 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7527 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7528 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7529 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7530 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7533 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7534 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7535 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7537 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7539 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7540 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7544 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7545 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7546 initiated the operation. */
7549 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7551 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7552 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7554 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7555 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7556 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7557 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7558 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7559 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7560 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7561 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7563 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7564 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7566 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7567 after their removal. */
7568 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7569 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7570 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7573 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7576 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7578 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7580 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7582 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7583 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7585 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7586 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7591 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7593 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7595 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7596 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7598 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7599 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7603 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7604 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7605 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7609 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7611 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7614 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7616 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7618 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7619 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7621 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7623 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7625 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7628 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7629 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7630 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7631 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7637 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7638 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7641 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7642 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7646 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7648 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7650 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7651 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7653 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7655 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7656 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7657 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7658 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7661 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7663 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7665 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7666 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7667 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7669 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7674 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7676 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7679 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7681 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7682 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7683 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7688 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7690 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7693 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7695 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7696 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7697 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7701 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7702 master breakpoint. */
7704 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7706 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7708 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7709 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7710 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7712 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7713 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7717 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7719 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7721 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7724 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7725 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7729 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7731 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7733 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7734 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7736 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7737 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7738 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
);
7740 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7746 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7748 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7750 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7751 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7752 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7753 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7756 struct lang_and_radix
7762 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7765 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7767 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7769 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7770 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7771 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7775 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7778 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7780 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7782 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7783 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7784 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7785 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7789 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7791 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7793 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7794 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7795 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7796 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7799 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7802 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7804 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7806 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7807 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7808 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7809 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7812 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7813 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7814 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7816 static struct breakpoint
*
7817 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7818 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7820 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7822 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7823 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7824 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7829 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7831 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7834 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7837 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7839 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7841 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7843 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7844 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7846 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7852 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7853 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7856 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7858 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7860 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7862 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7863 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7865 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7866 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7867 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7868 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7869 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7870 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7871 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7872 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7873 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7874 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7875 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7876 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7879 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7884 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7885 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7886 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7889 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7891 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7892 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7894 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7895 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7896 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7897 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7898 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7899 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7902 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7904 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7905 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7907 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7908 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7909 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7910 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7911 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7912 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7913 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7914 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7915 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7917 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7918 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7919 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7920 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7923 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7924 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7926 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7928 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7929 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7930 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7933 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7938 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7939 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7940 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7943 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7945 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7947 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7950 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7951 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7952 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7953 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7954 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7955 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7956 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7957 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7958 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7959 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7961 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7962 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7967 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7968 int bp_modified
= 0;
7970 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7973 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7975 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7977 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7978 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7981 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7984 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7987 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7988 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7991 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7993 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7994 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7995 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7996 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7997 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8000 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8007 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8011 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8013 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8014 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8015 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8016 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8017 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8019 struct fork_catchpoint
8021 /* The base class. */
8022 struct breakpoint base
;
8024 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8025 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8026 catchpoint has triggered. */
8027 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8030 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8034 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8036 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8039 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8043 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8045 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8048 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8052 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8053 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8054 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8056 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8058 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8061 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8065 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8068 static enum print_stop_action
8069 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8071 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8072 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8073 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8075 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8076 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8077 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8079 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8080 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8082 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8083 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8084 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8086 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8087 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
8088 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8089 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8090 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8093 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8097 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8099 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8100 struct value_print_options opts
;
8101 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8103 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8105 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8106 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8108 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8109 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8111 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8112 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8114 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8115 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8116 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8117 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8120 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8121 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8124 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8128 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8130 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8133 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8137 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8139 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8140 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8143 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8145 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8147 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8151 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8153 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8156 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8160 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8162 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8165 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8169 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8170 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8171 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8173 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8175 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8178 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8182 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8185 static enum print_stop_action
8186 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8188 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8189 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8190 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8192 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8193 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8194 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8196 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8197 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8199 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8200 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8201 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8203 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8204 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8205 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8206 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8207 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8210 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8214 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8216 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8217 struct value_print_options opts
;
8218 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8220 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8221 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8222 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8224 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8225 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8227 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8228 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8230 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8231 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8232 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8233 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8236 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8237 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8240 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8244 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8246 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8249 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8253 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8255 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8256 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8259 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8261 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8263 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8264 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8265 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8266 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8267 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8269 struct solib_catchpoint
8271 /* The base class. */
8272 struct breakpoint base
;
8274 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8275 unsigned char is_load
;
8277 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8278 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8284 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8286 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8289 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8290 xfree (self
->regex
);
8292 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8296 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8302 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8308 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8309 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8311 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8313 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8314 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8316 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8319 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8321 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8323 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8326 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8329 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8332 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8334 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8343 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8345 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8346 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8351 struct so_list
*iter
;
8354 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8359 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8368 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8373 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8379 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8382 static enum print_stop_action
8383 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8385 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8386 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8388 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8389 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8390 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8392 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8393 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8394 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8395 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8396 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8397 print_solib_event (1);
8398 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8402 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8404 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8405 struct value_print_options opts
;
8406 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8409 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8410 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8411 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8413 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8416 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8423 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8425 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8430 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8432 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8434 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8437 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8438 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8439 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8443 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8445 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8447 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8448 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8452 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8454 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8456 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8457 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8458 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8460 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8461 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8464 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8466 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8467 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8468 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8469 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8470 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8471 created in an enabled state. */
8474 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8476 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8477 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8478 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8482 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8484 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8485 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8491 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8494 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8496 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8497 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8499 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8502 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8503 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8504 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8506 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8508 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8509 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8512 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8516 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8517 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8520 const int enabled
= 1;
8522 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8524 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8528 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8529 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8531 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8535 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8536 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8538 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8541 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8542 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8543 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8544 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8547 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8548 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8550 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8552 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8555 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8557 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8559 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8560 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8564 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8566 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8567 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8568 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8569 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8572 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8575 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8579 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8580 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8581 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8583 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8585 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8587 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8589 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8592 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8594 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8595 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8596 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8597 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8598 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8600 struct exec_catchpoint
8602 /* The base class. */
8603 struct breakpoint base
;
8605 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8606 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8608 char *exec_pathname
;
8611 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8615 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8617 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8619 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8621 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8625 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8627 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8631 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8633 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8637 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8638 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8639 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8641 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8643 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8646 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8650 static enum print_stop_action
8651 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8653 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8654 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8655 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8657 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8658 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8659 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8661 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8662 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8664 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8665 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8666 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8668 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8669 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8670 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8671 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8673 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8677 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8679 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8680 struct value_print_options opts
;
8681 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8683 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8685 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8686 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8687 is relatively readable). */
8688 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8689 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8691 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8692 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8694 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8695 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8696 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8699 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8700 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8704 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8706 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8709 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8713 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8715 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8716 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8719 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8722 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8725 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8726 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8730 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8731 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8733 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8735 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8742 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8746 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8749 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8751 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8754 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8756 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8758 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8764 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8765 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8766 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8767 types _not_ TYPE. */
8770 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8771 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8774 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8776 *other_type_used
= 0;
8781 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8784 if (b
->type
== type
)
8785 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8786 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8787 *other_type_used
= 1;
8794 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8796 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8800 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8802 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8803 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8809 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8811 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8815 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8817 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8818 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8824 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8826 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8827 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8831 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8833 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8834 breakpoint_re_set ();
8837 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8840 static struct breakpoint
*
8841 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8843 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8845 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8846 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8848 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8849 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8852 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8854 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8859 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8860 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8864 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8865 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8867 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8869 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8871 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8873 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8874 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8875 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8876 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8878 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8879 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8881 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8882 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8884 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8889 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8890 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8891 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8893 static struct breakpoint
*
8894 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8896 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8899 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8901 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8902 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8903 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8905 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8906 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8907 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8908 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8909 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8910 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8911 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8912 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8913 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8914 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8915 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8916 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8918 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8919 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8920 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8922 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8926 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8930 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8932 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8936 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8940 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8943 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8945 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8947 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8948 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8950 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8954 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8957 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8959 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8960 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8962 printf_filtered ("\n");
8966 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8968 static struct bp_location
*
8969 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8970 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8972 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8973 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8974 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8976 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8977 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8979 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8980 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8981 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8982 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8983 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8984 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8985 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8988 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8989 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8990 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8991 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8996 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8997 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8998 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8999 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9000 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9001 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9002 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9003 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9004 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9005 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9007 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9008 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9010 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9011 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9012 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9013 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9014 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9015 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9016 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9017 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9018 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9019 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9020 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9021 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9023 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9030 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9033 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9037 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9038 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9039 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9043 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9045 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9049 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9051 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9052 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9053 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9054 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9056 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9057 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9060 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9065 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9066 return 0 otherwise. */
9069 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9071 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9074 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9076 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9077 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9078 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9080 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9083 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9084 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9086 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9088 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9093 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9094 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9097 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9099 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9100 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9105 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9107 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9109 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9111 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9113 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9114 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9116 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9117 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9118 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9120 if (!dprintf_function
)
9121 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9123 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9124 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9129 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9133 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9135 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9136 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9139 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9140 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9144 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9145 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9147 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9148 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9150 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9152 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9153 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9154 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9155 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9156 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9158 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9162 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9163 current style settings. */
9166 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9167 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9169 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9173 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9174 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9178 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9179 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9180 as condition expression. */
9183 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9184 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9185 struct event_location
*location
,
9186 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9188 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9189 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9190 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9191 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9192 int display_canonical
)
9196 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9198 int target_resources_ok
;
9200 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9201 target_resources_ok
=
9202 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9204 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9205 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9206 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9207 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9210 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9212 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9214 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9215 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9219 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9221 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9223 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9224 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9229 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9233 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9234 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9235 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9236 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9237 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9239 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9240 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9242 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9244 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9245 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9247 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9249 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9250 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9251 const char *p
= &event_location_to_string (b
->location
)[3];
9255 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9257 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9259 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9260 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9262 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9264 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9266 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9268 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9269 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9271 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9273 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9276 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9277 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9284 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9285 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9291 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9293 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9294 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9296 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9299 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9300 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9301 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9303 if (b
->extra_string
)
9304 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9306 error (_("Format string required"));
9308 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9309 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9312 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9313 if (location
!= NULL
)
9314 b
->location
= location
;
9316 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
);
9321 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9322 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9323 struct event_location
*location
,
9324 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9326 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9327 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9328 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9329 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9330 int display_canonical
)
9332 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9333 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9335 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9337 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9339 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9343 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9345 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9347 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9349 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9351 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9353 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9355 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9357 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9360 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9361 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9362 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9363 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9364 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9365 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9366 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9367 we take just a single condition string.
9369 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9370 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9371 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9372 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9373 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9376 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9377 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9378 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9379 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9380 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9381 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9382 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9385 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9387 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9388 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9390 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9392 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9393 'break', without arguments. */
9394 struct event_location
*location
9395 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9396 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
) : NULL
);
9397 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9398 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9400 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9401 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9404 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9406 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9407 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9408 canonical
->special_display
);
9409 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9413 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9414 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9415 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9416 linespec locations).
9418 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9419 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9422 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9423 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9425 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9427 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9429 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9431 if (address
== NULL
)
9433 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9434 breakpoint address. */
9435 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9437 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9438 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9441 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9442 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9444 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9445 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9446 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9447 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9448 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9449 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9451 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9453 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9454 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9455 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9456 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9457 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9459 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9461 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9462 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9463 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9465 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9469 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9473 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9474 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9475 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9476 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9478 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9479 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9480 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9481 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9483 const char *address
= NULL
;
9485 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9486 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9490 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9491 && address
[1] != '['))
9493 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9494 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9495 get_last_displayed_line (),
9496 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9501 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9502 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9506 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9507 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9510 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9514 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9515 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9518 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9519 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9520 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9521 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9522 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9526 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9527 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9530 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9532 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9534 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9536 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9538 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9540 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9541 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9542 associated with SAL. */
9545 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9546 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9549 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9550 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9552 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9556 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9558 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9559 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9561 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9564 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9565 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9566 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9567 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9568 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9569 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9572 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9573 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9576 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9583 const char *end_tok
;
9585 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9586 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9588 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9590 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9592 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9596 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9598 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9600 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9602 struct expression
*expr
;
9604 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9605 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9608 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9610 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9615 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9617 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9618 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9619 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9622 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9627 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9629 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9630 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9631 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9636 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9640 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9644 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9646 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9647 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9649 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9650 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9651 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9652 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9657 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9659 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9661 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9662 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9664 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9665 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9666 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9668 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9669 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9671 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9673 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9675 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9677 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9679 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9680 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9682 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9685 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9691 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9694 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9695 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9696 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9698 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9700 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9701 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9702 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9705 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9706 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9707 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9710 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9712 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9714 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9715 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9716 extra_string
= NULL
;
9718 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9722 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9724 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9726 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9728 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9730 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9733 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9734 throw_exception (e
);
9736 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9738 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9739 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9740 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9741 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9742 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9745 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9746 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9747 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9748 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9752 throw_exception (e
);
9756 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9759 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9760 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9762 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9763 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9764 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9765 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9766 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9768 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9769 are ok for the target. */
9773 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9775 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9776 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9779 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9780 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9783 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9785 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9786 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9789 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9790 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9797 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9799 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9801 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9802 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9803 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9804 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9806 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9807 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9809 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9811 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9813 extra_string
= rest
;
9815 extra_string
= NULL
;
9819 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9820 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9821 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9823 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9826 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9827 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9829 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9832 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9833 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9837 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9838 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9839 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9840 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9841 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9845 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9847 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9849 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9851 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9855 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9857 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9858 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9861 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9864 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9867 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9868 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9870 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9874 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9875 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9877 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9878 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9880 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9881 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9882 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9883 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9884 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9885 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9886 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9887 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9889 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9892 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9894 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9895 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9896 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9899 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9901 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9902 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9903 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9905 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9906 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9911 /* Set a breakpoint.
9912 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9913 condition, and thread.
9914 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9915 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9919 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9921 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9922 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9923 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9925 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9926 struct event_location
*location
;
9927 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9929 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9930 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9932 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9933 if (location
!= NULL
9934 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9935 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9937 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9939 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9941 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9942 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9943 0 /* Ignore count */,
9944 pending_break_support
,
9950 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9953 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9956 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9960 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9962 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9963 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9964 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9967 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9968 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9969 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9970 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9973 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9975 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9976 const struct block
*b
;
9979 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9980 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9983 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9986 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9987 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9992 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9993 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9994 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9995 happen in assembly source). */
9997 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9998 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10000 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10002 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10004 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10006 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10013 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10015 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10019 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10021 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10025 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10027 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10031 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10033 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10037 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10039 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10040 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10041 stop at <line>\n"));
10045 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10049 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10051 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10053 char *argptr
= arg
;
10056 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10057 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10058 function/method name. */
10059 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10061 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10066 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10068 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10072 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10074 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10078 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10082 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10086 char *argptr
= arg
;
10089 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10090 it is probably a line number. */
10091 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10093 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10098 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10100 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10104 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10106 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10109 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10110 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10111 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10115 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10117 struct event_location
*location
;
10118 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10120 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10121 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
10123 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10124 the next character must be ','. */
10127 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10128 error (_("Format string required"));
10131 /* Skip the comma. */
10136 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10138 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10140 0 /* Ignore count */,
10141 pending_break_support
,
10142 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10147 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10151 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10153 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10156 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10157 ranged breakpoints. */
10160 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10161 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10163 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10165 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10166 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10169 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10170 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10173 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10174 ranged breakpoints. */
10177 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10179 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10182 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10183 ranged breakpoints. */
10185 static enum print_stop_action
10186 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10188 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10189 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10190 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10192 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10194 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10195 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10197 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10198 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10199 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10201 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10202 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10204 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10205 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10206 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10208 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10209 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10211 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10214 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10215 ranged breakpoints. */
10218 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10219 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10221 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10222 struct value_print_options opts
;
10223 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10225 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10226 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10228 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10230 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10231 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10232 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10233 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10234 annotate_field (5);
10235 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10239 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10240 ranged breakpoints. */
10243 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10244 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10246 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10247 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10248 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10249 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10253 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10254 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10256 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10257 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10258 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10259 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10260 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10261 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10263 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10266 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10267 ranged breakpoints. */
10270 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10272 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10273 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10276 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10278 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10281 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10282 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10283 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10286 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10287 ranged breakpoints. */
10290 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10292 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10293 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
10294 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
));
10295 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10298 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10300 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10302 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10303 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10304 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10305 last instruction of the given line. */
10308 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10312 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10313 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10314 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10321 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10323 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10325 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10332 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10335 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10337 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10338 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10339 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10341 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10342 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10343 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10344 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10345 struct event_location
*start_location
, *end_location
;
10347 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10348 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10349 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10351 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10352 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10353 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10355 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10356 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10358 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10359 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10360 error(_("No address range specified."));
10362 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10365 start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10366 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location
);
10367 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
, &canonical_start
);
10368 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10371 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10372 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10373 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10375 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10377 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10378 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10379 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10381 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10382 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10383 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10385 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10386 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10388 /* Parse the end location. */
10390 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10393 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10394 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10395 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10396 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10397 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10398 end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10399 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location
);
10400 decode_line_full (end_location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10401 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10402 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10404 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10406 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10407 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10409 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10410 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10411 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10412 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10414 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10416 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10417 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10418 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10420 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10422 /* Length overflowed. */
10423 error (_("Address range too large."));
10424 else if (length
== 1)
10426 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10427 the `hbreak' command. */
10428 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10430 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10435 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10436 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10437 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10438 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10439 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10440 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10441 b
->location
= copy_event_location (start_location
);
10442 b
->location_range_end
= copy_event_location (end_location
);
10443 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10445 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10448 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10449 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10452 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10453 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10454 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10458 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10460 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10466 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10467 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10470 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10480 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10481 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10482 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10483 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10484 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10486 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10513 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10516 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10517 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10522 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10523 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10524 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10525 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10526 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10527 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10528 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10530 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10531 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10536 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10538 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10539 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10540 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10541 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10543 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10544 are always constant. */
10546 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10548 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10549 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10550 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10555 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10556 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10557 then it is not a constant. */
10566 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10569 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10571 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10573 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10575 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10576 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10577 value_free (w
->val
);
10579 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10582 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10585 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10587 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10589 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10590 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10592 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10593 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10594 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10595 are loaded and unloaded.
10597 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10598 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10599 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10600 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10601 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10602 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10604 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10605 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10606 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10607 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10609 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10610 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10612 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10613 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10614 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10617 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10620 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10622 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10623 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10625 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10629 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10632 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10634 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10635 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10637 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10642 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10643 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10644 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10646 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10647 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10649 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10650 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10651 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10652 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10653 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10654 (did not match the data address). */
10655 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10656 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10663 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10665 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10667 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10670 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10671 hardware watchpoints. */
10674 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10676 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10677 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10679 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10682 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10683 hardware watchpoints. */
10686 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10688 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10689 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10692 static enum print_stop_action
10693 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10695 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10696 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10697 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10698 enum print_stop_action result
;
10699 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10700 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10702 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10704 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10705 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10707 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10708 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10712 case bp_watchpoint
:
10713 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10714 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10715 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10716 ui_out_field_string
10718 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10720 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10721 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10722 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10723 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10724 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10725 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10726 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10727 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10728 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10729 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10732 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10733 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10734 ui_out_field_string
10736 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10738 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10739 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10740 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10741 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10742 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10743 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10746 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10747 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10749 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10750 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10751 ui_out_field_string
10753 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10755 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10756 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10757 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10758 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10759 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10764 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10765 ui_out_field_string
10767 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10768 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10769 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10771 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10772 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10773 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10774 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10777 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10780 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10784 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10788 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10790 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10791 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10792 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10796 case bp_watchpoint
:
10797 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10798 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10800 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10801 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10802 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10804 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10805 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10806 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10808 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10809 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10810 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10813 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10814 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10817 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10818 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10819 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10820 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10823 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10827 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10829 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10833 case bp_watchpoint
:
10834 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10835 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10837 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10838 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10840 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10841 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10844 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10845 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10848 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10849 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10852 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10856 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10858 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10859 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10860 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10866 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10868 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10870 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10871 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10874 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10876 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10878 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10879 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10882 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10883 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10886 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10888 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10890 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10891 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10894 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10895 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10898 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10900 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10902 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10905 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10906 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10909 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10914 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10915 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10917 static enum print_stop_action
10918 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10920 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10921 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10923 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10924 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10928 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10929 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10930 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10931 ui_out_field_string
10933 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10936 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10937 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10938 ui_out_field_string
10940 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10943 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10944 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10945 ui_out_field_string
10947 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10950 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10951 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10955 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10956 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10957 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10958 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10960 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10961 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10964 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10965 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10968 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10969 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10971 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10973 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10974 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10976 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10977 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10978 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10981 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10982 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10985 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10987 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10988 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10989 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10993 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10994 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10995 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10997 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10998 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10999 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11001 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11002 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11003 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11006 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11007 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11010 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11011 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11012 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11013 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11016 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11017 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11020 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11022 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11027 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11028 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11030 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11031 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11033 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11034 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11037 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11038 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11041 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11042 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11043 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11046 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11048 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11050 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11053 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11055 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11058 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11059 hw_read: watch read,
11060 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11062 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11063 int just_location
, int internal
)
11065 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11066 struct expression
*exp
;
11067 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11068 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11069 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11070 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11071 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11072 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11073 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11075 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11076 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11077 enum bptype bp_type
;
11080 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11081 the hardware watchpoint. */
11083 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11084 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11086 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11088 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11089 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11091 const char *value_start
;
11093 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11095 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11096 of the arguments string. */
11097 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11099 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11100 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11103 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11104 This is the value of the parameter. */
11105 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11107 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11109 /* Skip whitespace. */
11110 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11115 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11116 This is the parameter itself. */
11117 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11120 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11122 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11124 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11125 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11126 only in a specific thread. */
11130 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11132 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11133 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11135 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11137 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11138 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11140 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11141 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11142 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11144 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11146 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11147 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11149 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11152 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11154 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11156 mark
= value_mark ();
11157 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11158 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11159 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11162 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11165 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11166 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11173 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11174 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11176 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11177 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11178 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11179 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11180 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11182 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11183 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11185 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11188 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11189 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11193 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11194 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11196 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11199 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11200 mark
= value_mark ();
11201 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11203 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11205 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11206 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11213 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11214 val
= value_addr (result
);
11215 release_value (val
);
11216 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11220 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11223 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11224 else if (ret
== -2)
11225 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11228 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11229 release_value (val
);
11231 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11232 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11234 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11235 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11237 struct expression
*cond
;
11239 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11240 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11241 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11243 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11244 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11245 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11251 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11253 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11255 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11256 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11257 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11258 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11259 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11261 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11264 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11265 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11266 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11267 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11269 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11271 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11272 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11274 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11275 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11277 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11278 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11279 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11280 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11281 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11282 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11283 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11284 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11285 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11289 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11290 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11291 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11292 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11294 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11295 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11296 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11297 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11299 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11301 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11304 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11305 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11307 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11308 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11309 b
->thread
= thread
;
11310 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11311 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11313 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11314 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11317 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11318 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11321 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11322 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11324 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11325 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11328 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11329 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11331 /* The above expression is in C. */
11332 b
->language
= language_c
;
11335 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11339 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11344 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11345 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11350 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11352 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11356 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11357 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11361 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11362 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11365 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11367 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11368 need to act on them together. */
11369 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11370 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11373 if (!just_location
)
11374 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11378 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11379 that should be inserted. */
11380 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11382 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11384 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11385 throw_exception (e
);
11389 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11390 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11393 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11394 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11397 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11399 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11400 struct value
*head
= v
;
11402 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11403 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11406 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11407 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11408 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11409 hardware watchpoint.
11411 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11412 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11413 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11414 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11415 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11416 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11417 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11418 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11419 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11421 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11422 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11423 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11424 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11425 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11427 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11429 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11430 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11431 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11432 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11433 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11434 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11438 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11439 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11440 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11442 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11443 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11444 middle of some value chain. */
11446 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11447 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11449 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11453 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11454 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11455 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11457 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11461 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11465 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11466 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11467 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11468 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11469 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11472 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11473 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11474 return found_memory_cnt
;
11478 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11480 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11483 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11484 calls watch_command_1. */
11487 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11489 int just_location
= 0;
11492 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11493 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11495 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11499 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11503 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11505 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11509 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11511 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11515 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11517 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11521 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11523 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11527 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11529 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11533 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11534 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11537 struct until_break_fsm
11539 /* The base class. */
11540 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11542 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11545 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11546 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11548 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11550 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11553 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11554 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11555 static enum async_reply_reason
11556 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11558 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11560 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11563 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11564 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11565 NULL
, /* return_value */
11566 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11569 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11571 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11572 new_until_break_fsm (int thread
,
11573 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11574 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11576 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11578 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11579 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
);
11581 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11582 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11583 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11588 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11589 until(location)/advance commands. */
11592 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11594 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11595 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
11597 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11598 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11599 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11600 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11601 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11602 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11607 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11608 until(location)/advance commands. */
11611 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11613 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11615 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11616 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11618 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11619 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11621 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11623 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11624 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11626 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11629 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11630 until(location)/advance commands. */
11632 static enum async_reply_reason
11633 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11635 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11639 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11641 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11642 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11643 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11644 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11645 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11646 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11647 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11648 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11649 struct cleanup
*old_chain
, *cleanup
;
11651 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11652 struct event_location
*location
;
11653 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11655 clear_proceed_status (0);
11657 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11660 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11661 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
11663 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11664 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11665 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11666 get_last_displayed_line ());
11668 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11669 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11671 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11672 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11674 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11675 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11678 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11680 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11682 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11685 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11687 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11688 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11689 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11692 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11693 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11694 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11695 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11697 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11700 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11702 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11703 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11705 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11706 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11707 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11708 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11712 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11714 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11715 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11718 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11722 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11723 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11724 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11725 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11727 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11728 only at the very same frame. */
11729 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11730 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11731 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11733 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (tp
->num
, location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11734 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11736 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11738 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11740 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
11743 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11744 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11746 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11747 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11748 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11749 if clause in the arg string. */
11752 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11756 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11759 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11762 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11763 condition string. */
11764 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11765 cond_string
= *arg
;
11767 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11769 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11771 return cond_string
;
11774 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11775 process start/exit, etc. */
11779 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11780 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11785 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11786 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11788 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11789 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11790 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11793 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11794 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11795 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11799 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11801 /* The allowed syntax is:
11803 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11805 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11806 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11808 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11809 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11811 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11812 and enable reporting of such events. */
11815 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11816 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11817 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11818 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11820 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11821 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11822 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11823 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11826 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11832 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11833 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11835 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11836 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11838 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11840 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11844 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11846 /* The allowed syntax is:
11848 catch exec if <cond>
11850 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11851 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11853 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11854 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11856 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11857 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11858 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11859 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11861 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11865 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11866 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11867 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11869 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11876 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11878 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11880 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11881 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11882 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11883 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11884 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11885 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11886 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11887 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11888 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11889 enough for now, though. */
11892 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11894 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11895 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11896 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11897 language_def (language_ada
));
11898 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11902 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11904 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11909 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11911 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11914 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11917 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11919 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11920 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11921 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11922 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11924 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11926 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11929 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11933 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11936 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11939 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11941 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11942 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11945 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11946 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11948 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11952 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11953 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11954 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11955 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11960 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
11961 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11962 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11964 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11965 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11966 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11967 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11968 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11969 error (_("No source file specified."));
11971 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11977 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11978 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11979 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11980 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11982 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11983 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11984 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11985 due to optimization, all in one block.
11987 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11988 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11989 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11990 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11991 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11992 to support that. */
11994 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11995 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11996 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12000 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12001 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12003 const char *sal_fullname
;
12005 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12006 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12007 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12010 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12015 1 0 <can't happen> */
12017 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12018 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12019 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12021 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12022 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12025 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12026 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12028 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12029 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12031 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12032 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12033 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12035 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12036 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12037 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12038 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12039 int line_match
= 0;
12041 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12042 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12043 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12044 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12045 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12046 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12047 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12050 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12059 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12063 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12064 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12067 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12069 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12072 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12073 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12074 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12075 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12076 compare_breakpoints
);
12077 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12078 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12082 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12087 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12088 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12091 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12092 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12094 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12097 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12100 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12101 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12104 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12106 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12109 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12110 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12111 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12114 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12116 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12118 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12119 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12120 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12122 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12124 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12126 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12127 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12131 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12132 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12133 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12134 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12135 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12136 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12139 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12141 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12142 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12144 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12145 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12147 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12148 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12151 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12152 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12153 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12155 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12156 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12157 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12159 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12160 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12161 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12163 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12164 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12165 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12167 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12170 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12171 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12172 content of the bp_location array. */
12175 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12177 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12179 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12180 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12182 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12184 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12186 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12189 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12190 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12192 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12193 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12194 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12195 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12197 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12199 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12200 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12201 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12202 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12206 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12209 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12211 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12212 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12213 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12215 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12217 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12219 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12220 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12221 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12223 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12224 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12225 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12228 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12230 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12231 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12233 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12236 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12239 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12241 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12242 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12243 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12244 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12247 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12249 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12252 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12254 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12255 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12256 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12260 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12263 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12266 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12268 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12269 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12270 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12271 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12273 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12274 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12275 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12276 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12277 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12279 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12280 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12281 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12282 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12283 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12284 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12285 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12286 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12289 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12290 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12291 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12295 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12297 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12298 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12299 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12302 address
= bl
->address
;
12303 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12305 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12306 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12307 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12309 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12310 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12313 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12314 the same program space as the location
12315 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12316 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12317 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12321 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12322 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12325 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12326 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12327 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12328 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12329 that have already been marked. */
12330 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12332 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12334 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12336 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12337 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12341 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12342 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12343 locations are duplicate of which.
12345 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12346 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12350 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12352 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12353 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12354 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12355 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12356 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12357 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12358 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12360 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12361 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12362 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12363 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12364 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12366 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12367 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12368 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12369 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12371 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12372 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12373 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12374 unsigned old_location_count
;
12376 old_location
= bp_location
;
12377 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12378 bp_location
= NULL
;
12379 bp_location_count
= 0;
12380 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12382 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12383 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12384 bp_location_count
++;
12386 bp_location
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_location_count
);
12387 locp
= bp_location
;
12388 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12389 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12391 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12392 bp_location_compare
);
12394 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12396 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12397 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12398 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12399 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12400 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12403 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12404 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12406 locp
= bp_location
;
12407 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12410 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12411 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12413 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12414 not, we have to free it. */
12415 int found_object
= 0;
12416 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12417 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12420 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12421 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12422 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12423 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12427 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12428 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12431 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12432 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12433 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12435 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12436 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12437 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12439 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12440 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12443 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12447 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12448 have to go through updates again. */
12449 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12451 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12453 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12455 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12456 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12457 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12458 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12459 at certain location is not inserted. */
12461 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12463 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12466 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12468 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12469 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12470 keep_in_target
= 1;
12474 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12475 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12476 remove its target-side condition. */
12478 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12479 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12480 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12481 this one from the target. */
12483 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12484 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12487 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12488 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12491 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12493 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12495 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12496 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12497 supported, but the latter are. */
12498 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12500 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12501 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12504 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12505 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12507 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12508 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12510 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12511 keep_in_target
= 1;
12519 if (!keep_in_target
)
12521 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12523 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12524 this location on the global list, and try to
12525 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12526 reason why we will succeed next time.
12528 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12529 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12530 only after calling us. */
12531 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12532 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12533 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12541 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12542 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12544 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12545 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12546 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12547 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12548 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12549 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12550 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12551 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12552 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12553 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12554 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12555 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12556 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12557 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12560 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12561 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12563 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12564 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12565 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12566 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12567 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12568 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12569 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12570 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12571 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12572 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12573 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12574 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12575 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12578 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12579 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12580 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12581 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12583 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12584 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12585 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12586 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12587 traps we can no longer explain. */
12589 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12590 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12592 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12596 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12597 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12602 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12603 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12604 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12605 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12606 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12607 are sorted first for the same address.
12609 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12610 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12612 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12613 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12614 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12615 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12616 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12618 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12620 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12623 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12624 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12625 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12626 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12627 `struct bp_location'. */
12628 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12630 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12631 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12635 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12636 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12637 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12638 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12639 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12640 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12642 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12644 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12645 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12646 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12648 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12649 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12651 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12653 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12654 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12655 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12661 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12662 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12663 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12665 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12666 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12668 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12669 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12672 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12674 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12675 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12678 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12679 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12680 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12681 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12682 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12684 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12688 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12689 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12691 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12695 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12697 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12700 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12701 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12703 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12704 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12710 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12715 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12717 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12723 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12726 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12730 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12731 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12733 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12734 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12735 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12739 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12741 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12743 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12745 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12749 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12753 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12755 struct value_print_options opts
;
12757 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12759 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12761 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12763 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12764 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12765 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12766 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12768 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12769 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12771 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12773 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12774 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12779 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12780 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12786 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12788 printf_filtered (" at ");
12789 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12792 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12794 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12796 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12797 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12798 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12799 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12801 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12802 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12803 real situation somewhat. */
12804 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12805 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12810 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12812 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12814 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12819 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12822 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12824 xfree (self
->cond
);
12825 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12826 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12827 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12829 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12830 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12833 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12838 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12842 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12844 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12845 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12846 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12847 xfree (self
->filter
);
12848 delete_event_location (self
->location
);
12849 delete_event_location (self
->location_range_end
);
12852 static struct bp_location
*
12853 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12855 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12857 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12858 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12863 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12865 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12868 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12869 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12872 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12874 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12878 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12880 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12884 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12885 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12887 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12889 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12893 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12898 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12902 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12904 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12907 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12911 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12913 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12916 static enum print_stop_action
12917 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12919 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12923 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12924 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12930 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12932 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12936 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12938 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12942 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12943 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12944 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12945 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12947 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12951 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12952 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12954 char *extra_string
,
12955 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12956 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12958 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12959 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12960 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12961 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12963 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12967 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12968 const struct event_location
*location
,
12969 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12971 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12974 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12977 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12982 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12985 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12987 /* Nothing to do. */
12990 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12992 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12993 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12994 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12995 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12996 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12997 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12998 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12999 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13000 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13001 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13003 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13004 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13005 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13006 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
13007 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13008 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
13009 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13010 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13013 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13016 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13018 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13019 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
13021 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13022 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13026 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13030 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13032 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13033 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13035 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13039 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13041 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13042 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13044 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13048 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13049 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13050 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13052 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13053 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13056 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13060 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13061 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13062 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13069 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13070 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13071 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13073 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13074 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13076 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13077 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13078 be set at the same address. */
13082 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13086 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13088 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13093 static enum print_stop_action
13094 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13096 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13097 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13099 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13101 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13103 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13104 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13106 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13107 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13108 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13111 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13113 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13115 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13116 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13118 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13119 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13120 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13122 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13123 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13125 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13129 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13131 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13136 case bp_breakpoint
:
13137 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13138 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13139 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13141 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13142 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13143 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13144 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13146 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13147 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13150 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13158 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13160 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13161 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13162 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13163 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13164 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13165 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13166 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13167 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13168 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13170 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13171 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13173 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13174 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
));
13176 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13177 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13178 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13179 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13181 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13185 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13186 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13187 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13189 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13193 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13194 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13196 char *extra_string
,
13197 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13198 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13200 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13201 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13202 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13203 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13205 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13206 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13208 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13209 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13210 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13214 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13215 const struct event_location
*location
,
13216 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13218 decode_location_default (b
, location
, sals
);
13221 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13224 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13228 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13229 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13230 case bp_overlay_event
:
13231 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13232 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13233 case bp_exception_master
:
13234 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13237 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13238 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13239 case bp_shlib_event
:
13241 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13242 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13243 case bp_thread_event
:
13249 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13251 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13253 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13254 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13255 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13256 objects (among other things). */
13257 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13258 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13264 static enum print_stop_action
13265 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13267 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13269 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13273 case bp_shlib_event
:
13274 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13275 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13276 to shlib event" message.) */
13277 print_solib_event (0);
13280 case bp_thread_event
:
13281 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13282 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13283 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13286 case bp_overlay_event
:
13287 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13288 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13291 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13292 /* These should never be enabled. */
13293 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13296 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13297 /* These should never be enabled. */
13298 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13299 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13302 case bp_exception_master
:
13303 /* These should never be enabled. */
13304 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13305 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13309 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13313 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13315 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13318 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13321 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13323 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13324 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13325 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13326 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13330 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13332 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13335 static enum print_stop_action
13336 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13338 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13342 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13344 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13347 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13349 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13350 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13353 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13355 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13358 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13360 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13363 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13366 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13368 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13372 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13374 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13375 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13384 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13386 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13387 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13388 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13392 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13396 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13397 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13398 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13400 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13402 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, canonical
);
13403 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13404 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13408 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13409 const struct event_location
*location
,
13410 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13412 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
);
13414 error (_("probe not found"));
13417 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13420 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13422 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13426 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13427 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13428 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13430 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13436 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13437 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13439 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13440 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13442 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13444 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13445 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13446 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13447 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13452 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13454 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13459 case bp_tracepoint
:
13460 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13461 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13463 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13464 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13465 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13467 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13468 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13469 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13472 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13473 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13480 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13482 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13484 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13486 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13487 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13488 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13489 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13491 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13492 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13494 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13495 event_location_to_string (self
->location
));
13496 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13498 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13499 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13503 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13504 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13505 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13507 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13511 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13512 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13514 char *extra_string
,
13515 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13516 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13518 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13519 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13520 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13521 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13523 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13524 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13526 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13527 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13528 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13532 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13533 const struct event_location
*location
,
13534 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13536 decode_location_default (b
, location
, sals
);
13539 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13541 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13545 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13546 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13547 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13548 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13550 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13551 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13555 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13556 const struct event_location
*location
,
13557 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13559 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13560 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, sals
);
13563 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13565 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13568 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13570 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13572 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13573 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13575 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13576 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13577 3 - disconnect from target 1
13578 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13580 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13581 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13582 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13583 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13584 it all the time. */
13585 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13586 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13589 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13592 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13594 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13595 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
),
13597 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13600 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13603 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13604 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13605 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13606 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13607 address are all handled. */
13610 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13612 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13613 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13614 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13616 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13617 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13618 condition not be evaluated. */
13621 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13622 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13623 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13624 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13625 commands here throws. */
13626 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13627 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13628 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13630 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13632 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13633 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13635 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13638 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13642 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13643 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13644 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13646 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13647 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13649 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13651 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13652 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13654 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13655 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13656 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13657 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13659 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13660 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13664 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13665 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13667 char *extra_string
,
13668 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13669 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13671 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13672 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13673 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13674 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13677 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13678 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13680 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13681 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13682 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13683 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13684 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13685 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13687 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13689 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13690 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13691 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13692 struct event_location
*location
;
13694 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13695 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13697 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
);
13698 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
13700 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13701 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13703 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13704 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13705 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13706 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13707 canonical
->special_display
);
13708 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13709 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13710 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13711 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13712 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13713 corresponds to this one */
13714 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13716 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13718 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13723 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13724 const struct event_location
*location
,
13725 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13727 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13728 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13730 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13731 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13733 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13737 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13740 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13743 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13745 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13748 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13752 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13754 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13756 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13758 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13759 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13762 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13763 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13764 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13765 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13766 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13769 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13770 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13771 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13772 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13774 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13777 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13778 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13779 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13781 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13782 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13784 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13785 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13786 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13787 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13791 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13793 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13794 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13795 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13796 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13797 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13800 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13801 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13802 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13803 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13805 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13807 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13808 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13810 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13811 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13813 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13817 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13819 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13820 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13821 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13822 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13823 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13824 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13825 commands won't work. */
13827 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13829 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13830 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13831 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13832 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13833 might be better design to have location completely
13834 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13835 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13837 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13838 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13839 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13840 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13845 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13847 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13851 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13853 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13856 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13857 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13860 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13861 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13865 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13870 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13872 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13873 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13875 if (next
== related
)
13877 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13878 function (related
, data
);
13880 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13881 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13886 function (related
, data
);
13890 while (related
!= b
);
13894 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13896 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13899 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13900 delete_breakpoint. */
13903 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13905 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13909 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13911 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13917 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13919 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13920 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13921 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13922 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13923 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13925 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13929 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13931 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13933 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13934 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13935 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13939 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13943 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13945 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13946 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13947 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13952 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13953 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13954 Null names are ignored. */
13957 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13959 struct bp_location
*l
;
13960 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13961 (int (*) (const void *,
13962 const void *)) streq
,
13963 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13965 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13968 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13970 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13974 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13976 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13980 htab_delete (htab
);
13986 htab_delete (htab
);
13990 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13991 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13992 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13993 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13994 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13995 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13996 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13997 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14000 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14001 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14002 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14003 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14004 in the sources, and output a warning.
14006 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14007 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14008 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14009 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14010 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14013 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14014 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14015 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14016 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14017 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14018 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14019 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14020 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14021 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14023 static struct symtab_and_line
14024 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14026 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14027 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14032 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14034 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14036 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14037 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14039 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14041 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14042 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14043 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14048 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14050 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14052 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14053 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14055 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14058 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14060 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14062 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14063 struct symbol
*sym
;
14064 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14065 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14066 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
14068 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14070 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14071 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14073 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14074 "found at previous line number"),
14075 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14079 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14081 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14082 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14083 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14086 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14087 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14088 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14090 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14091 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14092 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14094 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14096 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14098 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14101 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14102 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14104 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14105 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14107 delete_event_location (b
->location
);
14108 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14109 explicit_loc
.source_filename
14110 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14111 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
14112 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
14113 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14115 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14118 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14124 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14125 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14128 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14132 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14135 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14138 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14145 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14151 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14152 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14153 a ranged breakpoint. */
14156 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14157 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14158 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14161 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14163 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14165 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14167 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14168 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14169 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14170 "multiple locations found\n"),
14175 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14176 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14177 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14178 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14179 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14180 individual locations. */
14181 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14186 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14188 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14190 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14192 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14194 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14196 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14200 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14203 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14204 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14207 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14209 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14210 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14211 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14212 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14217 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14219 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14221 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14225 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14228 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14229 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14230 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14231 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14232 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14233 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14234 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14236 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14238 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14240 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14241 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14243 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14244 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14252 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14253 if (l
->function_name
14254 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14264 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14265 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14267 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14270 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14271 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14273 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14274 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14277 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14278 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14280 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14284 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, &sals
);
14286 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14288 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14292 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14293 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14294 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14295 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14296 state, then user already saw the message about that
14297 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14299 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14300 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14301 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14302 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14303 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14304 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14306 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14308 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14309 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14310 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14311 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14312 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14313 which approach is better. */
14314 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14315 throw_exception (e
);
14320 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14324 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14325 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14326 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14328 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14331 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14332 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14334 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14336 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14337 b
->thread
= thread
;
14341 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14342 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14344 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14347 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14348 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14358 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14359 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14363 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14366 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14367 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14368 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14370 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
, &found
);
14373 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14377 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14379 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
, &found
);
14382 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14383 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14387 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14390 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14391 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14394 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14395 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14396 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14398 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14401 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14402 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14406 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14407 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14409 char *extra_string
,
14410 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14411 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14413 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14414 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14415 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14416 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14418 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14420 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14421 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14422 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14425 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14426 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14429 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14430 const struct event_location
*location
,
14431 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14433 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14435 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14436 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14437 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14438 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14441 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14442 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14444 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14446 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14448 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14449 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14450 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14452 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14455 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14458 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14460 static struct cleanup
*
14461 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14463 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14465 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14466 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14467 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14468 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14469 set_language (b
->language
);
14474 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14475 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14476 Unused in this case. */
14479 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14481 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14482 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14483 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14485 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14486 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14487 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14491 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14493 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14495 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14496 enum language save_language
;
14497 int save_input_radix
;
14498 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14500 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14501 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14502 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14506 /* Format possible error msg. */
14507 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14509 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14510 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14511 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14513 set_language (save_language
);
14514 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14516 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14518 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14520 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14521 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14522 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14523 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14526 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14528 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14529 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14531 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14533 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14535 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14536 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14538 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14539 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14540 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14542 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14546 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14547 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14548 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14551 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14553 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14558 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14559 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14561 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14563 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14564 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14569 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14573 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14574 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14576 else if (count
== 1)
14577 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14580 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14581 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14584 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14588 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14591 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14594 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14600 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14602 num
= get_number (&p
);
14604 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14606 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14608 set_ignore_count (num
,
14609 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14612 printf_filtered ("\n");
14615 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14616 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14619 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14624 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14626 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14628 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14629 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14631 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14633 while (!state
.finished
)
14635 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14639 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14642 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14646 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14647 if (b
->number
== num
)
14650 function (b
, data
);
14654 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14659 static struct bp_location
*
14660 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14662 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14666 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14667 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14672 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14674 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14676 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14677 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14682 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14683 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14686 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14688 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14692 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14695 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14701 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14702 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14703 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14706 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14708 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14709 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14710 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14711 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14714 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14716 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14717 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14719 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14720 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14722 struct bp_location
*location
;
14724 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14725 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14728 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14730 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14733 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14736 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14738 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14741 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14742 disable_breakpoint. */
14745 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14747 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14751 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14755 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14757 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14758 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14759 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14763 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14767 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14769 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14776 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14778 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14779 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14780 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14781 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14783 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14786 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14787 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14793 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14796 int target_resources_ok
;
14798 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14801 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14802 target_resources_ok
=
14803 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14805 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14806 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14807 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14808 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14811 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14813 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14814 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14818 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14820 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14821 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14822 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14824 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14826 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14827 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14834 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14836 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14837 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14839 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14840 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14842 struct bp_location
*location
;
14844 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14845 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14848 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14849 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14850 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14852 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14857 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14859 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14863 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14865 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14868 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14869 enable_breakpoint. */
14872 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14874 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14877 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14878 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14879 in stopping the inferior. */
14882 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14886 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14888 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14889 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14890 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14894 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14898 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14900 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14907 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14909 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14910 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14911 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14912 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14914 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14917 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14918 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14923 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14933 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14935 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14937 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14941 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14943 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14945 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14949 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14951 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14955 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14957 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14959 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14963 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14968 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14970 count
= get_number (&args
);
14972 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14976 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14978 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14980 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14984 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14986 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14990 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14995 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14999 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15000 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15004 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15005 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15006 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15008 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15010 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15011 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15012 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15014 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15016 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15018 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15020 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15021 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15022 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15023 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15025 value_free (wp
->val
);
15033 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15036 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15037 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15040 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15041 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15042 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15044 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15046 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15047 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->num
, gdbarch
);
15050 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15052 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15053 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15054 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15056 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15059 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15062 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15063 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15066 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15068 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15070 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15076 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15080 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15083 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15085 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15087 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15088 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15094 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15096 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15098 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15100 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15101 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15105 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15107 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15108 struct event_location
*location
;
15109 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15111 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15112 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15113 if (location
!= NULL
15114 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15115 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15117 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15119 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15121 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15123 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15124 0 /* Ignore count */,
15125 pending_break_support
,
15129 0 /* internal */, 0);
15130 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15134 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15136 struct event_location
*location
;
15137 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15139 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15140 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15141 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15143 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15145 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15146 0 /* Ignore count */,
15147 pending_break_support
,
15148 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15151 0 /* internal */, 0);
15152 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15155 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15158 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15160 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15161 struct event_location
*location
;
15162 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15164 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15165 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15166 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15168 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15169 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15173 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15174 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15177 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15178 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15180 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15182 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15183 0 /* Ignore count */,
15184 pending_break_support
,
15188 0 /* internal */, 0);
15189 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15192 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15193 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15195 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15196 static int next_cmd
;
15199 read_uploaded_action (void)
15203 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15210 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15211 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15212 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15213 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15214 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15216 struct tracepoint
*
15217 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15219 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15220 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15221 struct event_location
*location
;
15222 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15224 if (utp
->at_string
)
15225 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15228 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15229 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15230 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15232 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15233 "source location, using raw address"),
15235 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15236 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15239 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15240 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15241 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15242 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15245 location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
, current_language
);
15246 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15247 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15249 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15250 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15252 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15253 0 /* Ignore count */,
15254 pending_break_support
,
15255 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15257 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15259 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15261 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15265 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15267 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15268 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15269 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15273 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15276 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15279 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15280 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15281 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15283 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15285 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15290 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15292 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15294 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15295 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15296 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15297 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15300 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15301 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15302 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15307 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15311 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15313 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15316 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15318 if (num_printed
== 0)
15320 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15321 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15323 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15326 default_collect_info ();
15329 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15330 Not supported by all targets. */
15332 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15334 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15337 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15338 Not supported by all targets. */
15340 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15342 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15345 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15347 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15349 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15355 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15357 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15358 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15359 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15361 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15362 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15364 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15368 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15370 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15372 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15373 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15374 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15378 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15381 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15384 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15386 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15387 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15389 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15390 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15393 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15395 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15396 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15397 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15400 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15402 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15403 unsigned int count
;
15405 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15406 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15407 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15409 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15411 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15412 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15414 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15416 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15418 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15420 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15422 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15423 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15426 else if (*args
== '\0')
15428 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15430 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15434 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15436 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15437 while (!state
.finished
)
15439 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15441 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15446 struct tracepoint
*
15447 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15449 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15451 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15452 if (t
->number
== num
)
15453 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15458 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15459 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15462 struct tracepoint
*
15463 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15465 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15467 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15469 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15471 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15478 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15479 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15480 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15481 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15483 struct tracepoint
*
15484 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15485 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15487 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15489 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15493 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15494 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15496 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15497 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15499 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15503 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15504 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15507 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15511 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15512 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15514 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15517 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15522 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15524 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15525 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15528 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15530 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15533 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15534 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15535 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15539 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15540 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15542 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15544 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15545 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15546 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15548 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15549 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15551 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15554 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15555 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15558 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15559 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15564 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15566 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15568 /* We can stop searching. */
15575 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15579 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15580 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15581 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15583 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15584 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15585 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15587 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15588 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15590 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15592 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15593 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15596 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15597 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15600 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15602 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15603 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15606 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15607 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15609 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15610 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15612 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15614 struct gdb_exception exception
;
15616 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15618 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15621 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15623 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15625 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15626 throw_exception (ex
);
15630 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15631 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15634 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15635 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15637 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15638 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15639 special, and not user visible. */
15640 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15642 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15645 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15647 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15651 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15652 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15655 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15656 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15659 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15662 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15664 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15667 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15670 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15672 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15675 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15677 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15678 all_tracepoints (void)
15680 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15681 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15683 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15685 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15692 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15693 locations used by several commands. */
15695 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15696 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15697 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15698 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15699 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15700 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15702 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15703 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15704 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15706 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15707 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15708 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15709 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15710 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15712 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15713 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15714 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15717 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15718 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15719 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15720 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15721 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15722 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15723 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15726 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15727 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15729 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15730 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15731 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15732 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15733 conditions are different.\n\
15735 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15737 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15738 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15740 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15741 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15744 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15745 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15746 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15747 void *user_data_catch
,
15748 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15750 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15752 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15754 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15755 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15756 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15758 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15760 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15761 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15762 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15766 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15768 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15769 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15770 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15773 struct breakpoint
*
15774 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15777 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15779 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15781 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15788 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15789 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15792 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15794 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15795 non-inline function. */
15796 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15802 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15803 have been inlined. */
15806 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15807 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15809 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15810 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15812 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15814 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15817 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15819 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15820 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15828 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15831 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15833 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15835 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15836 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15837 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15841 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15843 static int initialized
= 0;
15845 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15851 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15852 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15853 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15854 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15855 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15856 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15857 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15858 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15859 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15860 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15861 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15862 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15864 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15865 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15866 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15867 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15868 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15869 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15870 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15871 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15873 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15874 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15875 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15876 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15877 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15878 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15879 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15880 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15881 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15882 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15884 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15885 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15886 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15887 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15888 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15889 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15890 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15892 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15893 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15894 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15895 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15896 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15897 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15898 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15900 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15901 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15902 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15903 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15905 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15906 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15907 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15908 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15909 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15910 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15911 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15914 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15915 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15916 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15917 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15918 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15919 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15920 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15921 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15922 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15923 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15924 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15925 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15926 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15927 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15929 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15930 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15931 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15932 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15933 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15934 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15935 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15936 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15937 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15938 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15939 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15942 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15943 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15944 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15945 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15946 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15947 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15948 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15949 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15950 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15951 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15953 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15954 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15955 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15956 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15957 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15959 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15960 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15961 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15962 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15963 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15964 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15966 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15967 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15968 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15969 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15970 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15971 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15972 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15973 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15974 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15975 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15977 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15978 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15979 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15980 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15981 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15982 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15983 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15984 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15985 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15986 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15988 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15989 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15990 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15991 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15992 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15993 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15994 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15995 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15996 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15997 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15998 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16000 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16001 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16002 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16003 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16004 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16005 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16006 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16007 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16008 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16009 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16010 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16011 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16013 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16014 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16015 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16016 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16017 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16018 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16019 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16020 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16021 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16024 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16026 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16029 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16031 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16033 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16035 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16036 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16037 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16039 breakpoint_objfile_key
16040 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16042 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16043 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16044 before a breakpoint is set. */
16045 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16047 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16049 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16050 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16051 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16053 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16054 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16055 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16056 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16057 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16058 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16059 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16060 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16062 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16063 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16064 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16065 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16066 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16068 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16069 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16070 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16071 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16072 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16074 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16075 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16077 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16078 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16079 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16080 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16082 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16083 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16085 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16086 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16087 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16088 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16090 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16091 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16093 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16094 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16095 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16096 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16097 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16098 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16099 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16101 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16103 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16104 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16105 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16106 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16107 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16108 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16110 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16111 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16112 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16115 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16116 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16117 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16120 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16121 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16122 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16123 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16126 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16127 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16128 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16131 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16132 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16133 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16136 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16137 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16138 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16139 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16142 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16143 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16144 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16145 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16146 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16147 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16148 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16149 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16151 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16152 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16153 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16154 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16155 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16156 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16159 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16160 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16161 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16162 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16164 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16165 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16166 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16167 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16168 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16170 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16171 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16172 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16173 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16174 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16177 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16178 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16179 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16181 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16182 is executing in.\n"
16183 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16184 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16185 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16187 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16188 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16189 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16190 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16192 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16193 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16194 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16195 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16199 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16200 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16201 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16202 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16203 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16204 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16205 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16206 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16207 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16208 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16209 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16210 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16211 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16212 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16213 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16214 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16216 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16217 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16218 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16219 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16220 breakpoint set."));
16223 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16224 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16225 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16226 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16227 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16228 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16229 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16230 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16231 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16233 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16234 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16235 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16236 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16237 breakpoint set."));
16239 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16241 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16242 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16243 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16244 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16245 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16246 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16247 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16248 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16249 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16250 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16251 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16252 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16253 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16255 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16256 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16257 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16258 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16260 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16262 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16263 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16264 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16265 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16267 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16268 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16269 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16270 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16272 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16273 catch_fork_command_1
,
16275 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16276 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16277 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16278 catch_fork_command_1
,
16280 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16281 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16282 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16283 catch_exec_command_1
,
16287 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16288 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16289 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16290 catch_load_command_1
,
16294 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16295 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16296 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16297 catch_unload_command_1
,
16302 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16303 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16304 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16305 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16306 an expression changes.\n\
16307 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16308 the memory to which it refers."));
16309 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16311 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16312 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16313 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16314 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16315 an expression is read.\n\
16316 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16317 the memory to which it refers."));
16318 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16320 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16321 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16322 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16323 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16324 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16325 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16326 the memory to which it refers."));
16327 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16329 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16330 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16332 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16333 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16334 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16335 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16336 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16337 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16338 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16339 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16340 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16343 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16344 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16346 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16348 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16350 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16351 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16353 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16354 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16355 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16357 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16358 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16359 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16360 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16362 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16363 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16365 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16366 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16367 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16369 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16370 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16372 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16373 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16374 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16375 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16376 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16377 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16378 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16379 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16380 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16382 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16383 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16384 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16385 conditions are different.\n\
16387 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16388 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16389 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16391 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16392 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16393 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16394 last tracepoint set."));
16396 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16398 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16399 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16400 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16401 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16403 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16405 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16406 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16407 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16408 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16410 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16412 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16413 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16414 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16415 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16417 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16419 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16420 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16421 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16422 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16423 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16425 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16426 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16427 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16428 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16430 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16431 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16432 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16433 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16434 session to restore them."),
16436 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16438 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16439 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16440 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16442 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16444 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16445 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16447 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16448 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16449 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16450 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16451 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16452 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16453 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16454 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16455 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16456 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16457 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16458 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16460 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16461 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16462 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16463 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16464 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16465 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16466 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16467 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16469 show_pending_break_support
,
16470 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16471 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16473 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16475 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16476 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16477 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16478 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16479 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16480 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16481 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16483 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16484 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16485 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16487 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16488 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16489 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16490 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16491 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16492 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16493 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16494 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16495 when execution stops."),
16497 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16498 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16499 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16501 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16502 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16503 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16504 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16505 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16506 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16507 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16508 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16509 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16510 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16511 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16512 be set to \"gdb\""),
16513 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16514 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16515 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16516 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16518 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16519 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16520 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16521 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16522 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16523 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16524 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16525 or the start of the range\n\
16526 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16527 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16528 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16530 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16531 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16532 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16534 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16535 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16536 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16537 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16538 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16539 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16541 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16542 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16543 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16544 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16545 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16546 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16547 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16548 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16549 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16550 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16551 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16552 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16554 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16555 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16556 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16557 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16558 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16559 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16560 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16562 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16563 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16564 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16565 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16566 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16567 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16568 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16570 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16571 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16572 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16573 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16574 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16575 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16578 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16580 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16581 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16582 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16584 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16586 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16587 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);